SemaExpr.cpp revision 2374dbf98b07c128c022762c9b585002b9419989
1//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "Sema.h" 15#include "Lookup.h" 16#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 17#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 18#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 19#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 20#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 21#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 23#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 24#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h" 25#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 26#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h" 27#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h" 28#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h" 29#include "clang/Parse/Template.h" 30using namespace clang; 31 32 33/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and 34/// emit any corresponding diagnostics. 35/// 36/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing 37/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example, 38/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being 39/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted 40/// function is being used. 41/// 42/// If IgnoreDeprecated is set to true, this should not want about deprecated 43/// decls. 44/// 45/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be 46/// referenced), false otherwise. 47/// 48bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) { 49 // See if the decl is deprecated. 50 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) { 51 EmitDeprecationWarning(D, Loc); 52 } 53 54 // See if the decl is unavailable 55 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 56 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName(); 57 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0; 58 } 59 60 // See if this is a deleted function. 61 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 62 if (FD->isDeleted()) { 63 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use); 64 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true; 65 return true; 66 } 67 } 68 69 return false; 70} 71 72/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls 73/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel 74/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument. 75/// 76void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 77 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) { 78 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>(); 79 if (!attr) 80 return; 81 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel(); 82 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos(); 83 84 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common 85 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code. 86 unsigned int i = 0; 87 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false; 88 int isMethod = 0; 89 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 90 // skip over named parameters. 91 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end(); 92 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) { 93 if (nullPos) 94 --nullPos; 95 else 96 ++i; 97 } 98 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs); 99 isMethod = 1; 100 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 101 // skip over named parameters. 102 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end(); 103 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) { 104 if (nullPos) 105 --nullPos; 106 else 107 ++i; 108 } 109 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs); 110 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 111 // block or function pointer call. 112 QualType Ty = V->getType(); 113 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) { 114 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType() 115 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>() 116 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 117 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) { 118 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs(); 119 unsigned k; 120 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) { 121 if (nullPos) 122 --nullPos; 123 else 124 ++i; 125 } 126 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs); 127 } 128 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 129 isMethod = 2; 130 } else 131 return; 132 } else 133 return; 134 135 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) { 136 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName(); 137 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod; 138 return; 139 } 140 int sentinel = i; 141 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) { 142 --sentinelPos; 143 ++i; 144 } 145 if (sentinelPos > 0) { 146 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName(); 147 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod; 148 return; 149 } 150 while (i < NumArgs-1) { 151 ++i; 152 ++sentinel; 153 } 154 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel]; 155 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() || 156 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context, 157 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))) { 158 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod; 159 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod; 160 } 161 return; 162} 163 164SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const { 165 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E; 166 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange(); 167} 168 169//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 170// Standard Promotions and Conversions 171//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 172 173/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4). 174void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) { 175 QualType Ty = E->getType(); 176 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type"); 177 178 if (Ty->isFunctionType()) 179 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty), 180 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay); 181 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) { 182 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is 183 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has 184 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer 185 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression 186 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue" 187 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99). 188 // 189 // C++ 4.2p1: 190 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of 191 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T". 192 // 193 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 194 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid) 195 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty), 196 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay); 197 } 198} 199 200/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most 201/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are 202/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't 203/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators. 204/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called. 205Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) { 206 QualType Ty = Expr->getType(); 207 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type"); 208 209 // C99 6.3.1.1p2: 210 // 211 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or 212 // unsigned int may be used: 213 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer 214 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int 215 // and unsigned int. 216 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int. 217 // 218 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the 219 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an 220 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All 221 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions. 222 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr); 223 if (!PTy.isNull()) { 224 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast); 225 return Expr; 226 } 227 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) { 228 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty); 229 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast); 230 return Expr; 231 } 232 233 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr); 234 return Expr; 235} 236 237/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 238/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to 239/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions(). 240void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) { 241 QualType Ty = Expr->getType(); 242 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type"); 243 244 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double. 245 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 246 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float) 247 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy, 248 CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast); 249 250 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr); 251} 252 253/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 254/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC 255/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is 256/// completely illegal. 257bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) { 258 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr); 259 260 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) { 261 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), 262 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg) 263 << Expr->getType() << CT; 264 return true; 265 } 266 267 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType()) 268 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg) 269 << Expr->getType() << CT; 270 271 return false; 272} 273 274 275/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to 276/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 277/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 278/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 279/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with 280/// GCC. 281QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr, 282 bool isCompAssign) { 283 if (!isCompAssign) 284 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr); 285 286 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr); 287 288 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers. 289 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent. 290 QualType lhs = 291 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType(); 292 QualType rhs = 293 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType(); 294 295 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed. 296 if (lhs == rhs) 297 return lhs; 298 299 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done. 300 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int). 301 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType()) 302 return lhs; 303 304 // Perform bitfield promotions. 305 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr); 306 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull()) 307 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy; 308 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr); 309 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull()) 310 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy; 311 312 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs); 313 if (!isCompAssign) 314 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown); 315 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown); 316 return destType; 317} 318 319//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 320// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types 321//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 322 323 324/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 325/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string 326/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from 327/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one 328/// string. 329/// 330Action::OwningExprResult 331Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) { 332 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!"); 333 334 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP); 335 if (Literal.hadError) 336 return ExprError(); 337 338 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs; 339 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i) 340 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation()); 341 342 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy; 343 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType(); 344 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 345 346 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1). 347 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 348 StrTy.addConst(); 349 350 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes 351 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal 352 // strings. 353 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy, 354 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1), 355 ArrayType::Normal, 0); 356 357 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory! 358 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(), 359 Literal.GetStringLength(), 360 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy, 361 &StringTokLocs[0], 362 StringTokLocs.size())); 363} 364 365/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of 366/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto 367/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g. 368/// for values inside the block or for globals). 369/// 370/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records 371/// up-to-date. 372/// 373static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock, 374 ValueDecl *VD) { 375 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if 376 // we wanted to. 377 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext()) 378 return false; 379 380 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot. 381 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) 382 return false; 383 384 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to 385 // snapshot it. 386 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++? 387 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) 388 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage()) 389 return false; 390 391 // Blocks that have these can't be constant. 392 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true; 393 394 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in 395 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may 396 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do 397 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain. 398 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock; 399 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) { 400 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as 401 // having a reference outside it. 402 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext()) 403 break; 404 405 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need 406 // a snapshot as well. 407 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true; 408 } 409 410 return true; 411} 412 413 414 415/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build a DeclRefExpr. 416Sema::OwningExprResult 417Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc, 418 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) { 419 assert(!isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)); 420 421 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) { 422 Diag(Loc, 423 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer) 424 << D->getDeclName(); 425 return ExprError(); 426 } 427 428 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 429 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) { 430 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) { 431 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) { 432 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function) 433 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName(); 434 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here) 435 << D->getIdentifier(); 436 return ExprError(); 437 } 438 } 439 } 440 } 441 442 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D); 443 444 return Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context, 445 SS? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0, 446 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(), 447 D, Loc, Ty)); 448} 449 450/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or 451/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type 452/// is Record. 453static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context, 454 RecordDecl *Record) { 455 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 456 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!"); 457 458 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1) 459 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which 460 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better. 461 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext(); 462 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(), 463 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end(); 464 D != DEnd; ++D) { 465 if (*D == Record) { 466 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly 467 // follows its type in the list of declarations. 468 ++D; 469 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record"); 470 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed"); 471 return *D; 472 } 473 } 474 475 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record"); 476 return 0; 477} 478 479/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous 480/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the 481/// actual member. 482/// 483/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to 484/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The 485/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it 486/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field 487/// we found. 488/// 489/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin, 490/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another 491/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL. 492VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field, 493 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) { 494 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() && 495 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() 496 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union"); 497 498 Path.push_back(Field); 499 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0; 500 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext(); 501 do { 502 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx); 503 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record); 504 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject)) 505 Path.push_back(AnonField); 506 else { 507 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject); 508 break; 509 } 510 Ctx = Ctx->getParent(); 511 } while (Ctx->isRecord() && 512 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()); 513 514 return BaseObject; 515} 516 517Sema::OwningExprResult 518Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc, 519 FieldDecl *Field, 520 Expr *BaseObjectExpr, 521 SourceLocation OpLoc) { 522 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields; 523 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field, 524 AnonFields); 525 526 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from 527 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each 528 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we 529 // found via name lookup. 530 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false; 531 Qualifiers BaseQuals; 532 if (BaseObject) { 533 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is, 534 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record). 535 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context); 536 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject); 537 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(), 538 SourceLocation()); 539 BaseQuals 540 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers(); 541 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) { 542 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine 543 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the 544 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into. 545 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType(); 546 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) { 547 BaseObjectIsPointer = true; 548 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType(); 549 } 550 BaseQuals 551 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers(); 552 } else { 553 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is 554 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed 555 // program our base object expression is "this". 556 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) { 557 if (!MD->isStatic()) { 558 QualType AnonFieldType 559 = Context.getTagDeclType( 560 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext())); 561 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent()); 562 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType) 563 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) || 564 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) { 565 // Our base object expression is "this". 566 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(), 567 MD->getThisType(Context)); 568 BaseObjectIsPointer = true; 569 } 570 } else { 571 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method) 572 << Field->getDeclName()); 573 } 574 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers()); 575 } 576 577 if (!BaseObjectExpr) 578 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use) 579 << Field->getDeclName()); 580 } 581 582 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the 583 // anonymous struct/union. 584 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr; 585 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals; 586 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator 587 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend(); 588 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) { 589 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType(); 590 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals = 591 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers(); 592 593 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members, 594 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'. 595 if ((*FI)->isMutable()) 596 ResultQuals.removeConst(); 597 598 // GC attributes are never picked up by members. 599 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr(); 600 601 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 602 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace()); 603 604 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals; 605 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals) 606 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals); 607 608 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI); 609 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name? 610 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI, 611 OpLoc, MemberType); 612 BaseObjectIsPointer = false; 613 ResultQuals = NewQuals; 614 } 615 616 return Owned(Result); 617} 618 619Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, 620 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 621 UnqualifiedId &Name, 622 bool HasTrailingLParen, 623 bool IsAddressOfOperand) { 624 assert(!(IsAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) && 625 "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen"); 626 627 if (Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 628 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this, 629 Name.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 630 Name.TemplateId->NumArgs); 631 return ActOnTemplateIdExpr(SS, 632 TemplateTy::make(Name.TemplateId->Template), 633 Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc, 634 Name.TemplateId->LAngleLoc, 635 TemplateArgsPtr, 636 Name.TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 637 } 638 639 // FIXME: We lose a bunch of source information by doing this. Later, 640 // we'll want to merge ActOnDeclarationNameExpr's logic into 641 // ActOnIdExpression. 642 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, 643 Name.StartLocation, 644 GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name), 645 HasTrailingLParen, 646 &SS, 647 IsAddressOfOperand); 648} 649 650/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name 651/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine 652/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers 653/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser, 654/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather, 655/// this routine is called by ActOnIdExpression, which contains a 656/// parsed UnqualifiedId. 657/// 658/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a 659/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++ 660/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that 661/// the identifier must be a member of. 662/// 663/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand 664/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only 665/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may 666/// appear outside a member function of this class. 667Sema::OwningExprResult 668Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 669 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen, 670 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 671 bool isAddressOfOperand) { 672 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc. 673 if (SS && SS->isInvalid()) 674 return ExprError(); 675 676 // Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization. 677 if (SS && SS->isSet() && !computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 678 return Owned(new (Context) DependentScopeDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy, 679 Loc, SS->getRange(), 680 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()), 681 isAddressOfOperand)); 682 } 683 684 LookupResult Lookup(*this, Name, Loc, LookupOrdinaryName); 685 LookupParsedName(Lookup, S, SS, true); 686 687 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) 688 return ExprError(); 689 690 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as 691 // well. 692 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 693 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) { 694 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed, 695 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have 696 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e. 697 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with 698 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl. 699 700 // FIXME: we should change lookup to do this. 701 702 // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for 703 // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an 704 // ivar, that's an error. 705 bool IsClassMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod(); 706 707 bool LookForIvars; 708 if (Lookup.empty()) 709 LookForIvars = true; 710 else if (IsClassMethod) 711 LookForIvars = false; 712 else 713 LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() && 714 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()); 715 716 if (LookForIvars) { 717 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface(); 718 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared; 719 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) { 720 // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method. 721 if (IsClassMethod) 722 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method) 723 << IV->getDeclName()); 724 725 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent 726 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl. 727 if (IV->isInvalidDecl()) 728 return ExprError(); 729 730 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)). 731 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc)) 732 return ExprError(); 733 734 // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class. 735 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private && 736 ClassDeclared != IFace) 737 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName(); 738 739 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't 740 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something. 741 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self"); 742 UnqualifiedId SelfName; 743 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation()); 744 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec; 745 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec, 746 SelfName, false, false); 747 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV); 748 return Owned(new (Context) 749 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc, 750 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true)); 751 } 752 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) { 753 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar. 754 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface(); 755 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared; 756 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) { 757 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private || 758 IFace == ClassDeclared) 759 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName(); 760 } 761 } 762 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation. 763 if (Lookup.empty() && II->isStr("super")) { 764 QualType T; 765 766 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) 767 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType( 768 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface())); 769 else 770 T = Context.getObjCClassType(); 771 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T)); 772 } 773 } 774 775 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for 776 // argument-dependent lookup. 777 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Lookup, HasTrailingLParen); 778 779 if (Lookup.empty() && !ADL) { 780 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal 781 // in C90, extension in C99). 782 if (HasTrailingLParen && II && 783 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { // Not in C++. 784 NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S); 785 if (D) Lookup.addDecl(D); 786 } else { 787 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call, 788 // diagnose the problem. 789 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) 790 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_no_member) 791 << Name << computeDeclContext(*SS, false) 792 << SS->getRange()); 793 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName || 794 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) 795 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use) 796 << Name.getAsString()); 797 else 798 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name); 799 } 800 } 801 802 if (VarDecl *Var = Lookup.getAsSingle<VarDecl>()) { 803 // Warn about constructs like: 804 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }. 805 // In the else block, the pointer is always false. 806 807 // FIXME: In a template instantiation, we don't have scope 808 // information to check this property. 809 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) { 810 Scope *CheckS = S; 811 while (CheckS && CheckS->getControlParent()) { 812 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() && 813 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) { 814 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero) 815 << Var->getDeclName() 816 << (Var->getType()->isPointerType()? 2 : 817 Var->getType()->isBooleanType()? 1 : 0)); 818 break; 819 } 820 821 // Move to the parent of this scope. 822 CheckS = CheckS->getParent(); 823 } 824 } 825 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = Lookup.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>()) { 826 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) { 827 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a 828 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only 829 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing 830 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function 831 // type. 832 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, Loc)) 833 return ExprError(); 834 835 QualType T = Func->getType(); 836 QualType NoProtoType = T; 837 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 838 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType()); 839 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, Loc, SS); 840 } 841 } 842 843 // &SomeClass::foo is an abstract member reference, regardless of 844 // the nature of foo, but &SomeClass::foo(...) is not. If this is 845 // *not* an abstract member reference, and any of the results is a 846 // class member (which necessarily means they're all class members), 847 // then we make an implicit member reference instead. 848 // 849 // This check considers all the same information as the "needs ADL" 850 // check, but there's no simple logical relationship other than the 851 // fact that they can never be simultaneously true. We could 852 // calculate them both in one pass if that proves important for 853 // performance. 854 if (!ADL) { 855 bool isAbstractMemberPointer = 856 (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty()); 857 858 if (!isAbstractMemberPointer && !Lookup.empty() && 859 isa<CXXRecordDecl>((*Lookup.begin())->getDeclContext())) { 860 return BuildImplicitMemberReferenceExpr(SS, Lookup); 861 } 862 } 863 864 assert(Lookup.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue && 865 "found UnresolvedUsingValueDecl in non-class scope"); 866 867 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Lookup, ADL); 868} 869 870/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary. 871bool 872Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) { 873 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member)) 874 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = 875 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) { 876 QualType DestType = 877 Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD)); 878 if (DestType->isDependentType() || From->getType()->isDependentType()) 879 return false; 880 QualType FromRecordType = From->getType(); 881 QualType DestRecordType = DestType; 882 if (FromRecordType->getAs<PointerType>()) { 883 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType); 884 FromRecordType = FromRecordType->getPointeeType(); 885 } 886 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType) && 887 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, 888 DestRecordType, 889 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(), 890 From->getSourceRange())) 891 return true; 892 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase, 893 /*isLvalue=*/true); 894 } 895 return false; 896} 897 898/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node. 899static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow, 900 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, NamedDecl *Member, 901 SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty) { 902 if (SS && SS->isSet()) 903 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow, 904 (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep(), 905 SS->getRange(), Member, Loc, 906 // FIXME: Explicit template argument lists 907 0, Ty); 908 909 return new (C) MemberExpr(Base, isArrow, Member, Loc, Ty); 910} 911 912/// Builds an implicit member access expression from the given 913/// unqualified lookup set, which is known to contain only class 914/// members. 915Sema::OwningExprResult 916Sema::BuildImplicitMemberReferenceExpr(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 917 LookupResult &R) { 918 NamedDecl *D = R.getAsSingleDecl(Context); 919 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc(); 920 921 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct 922 // (C++ [class.union]). 923 // FIXME: This needs to happen post-isImplicitMemberReference? 924 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) 925 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) 926 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD); 927 928 QualType ThisType; 929 QualType MemberType; 930 if (isImplicitMemberReference(SS, D, Loc, ThisType, MemberType)) { 931 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(), ThisType); 932 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D); 933 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(This, D)) 934 return ExprError(); 935 936 bool ShouldCheckUse = true; 937 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 938 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's 939 // explicitly qualified. 940 if (MD->isVirtual() && (!SS || !SS->isSet())) 941 ShouldCheckUse = false; 942 } 943 944 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(D, Loc)) 945 return ExprError(); 946 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, This, true, SS, D, Loc, MemberType)); 947 } 948 949 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 950 if (!Method->isStatic()) 951 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)); 952 } 953 954 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) { 955 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) { 956 if (MD->isStatic()) { 957 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function" 958 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method) 959 << D->getDeclName(); 960 return ExprError(); 961 } 962 } 963 964 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed 965 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions 966 // above. 967 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use) 968 << D->getDeclName(); 969 return ExprError(); 970 } 971 972 // We're not in an implicit member-reference context, but the lookup 973 // results might not require an instance. Try to build a non-member 974 // decl reference. 975 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /*ADL*/ false); 976} 977 978bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 979 const LookupResult &R, 980 bool HasTrailingLParen) { 981 // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call. 982 if (!HasTrailingLParen) 983 return false; 984 985 // Never if a scope specifier was provided. 986 if (SS && SS->isSet()) 987 return false; 988 989 // Only in C++ or ObjC++. 990 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 991 return false; 992 993 // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during 994 // normal lookup: 995 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) { 996 NamedDecl *D = *I; 997 998 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3: 999 // -- a declaration of a class member 1000 // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the 1001 // original decl. 1002 if (D->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 1003 return false; 1004 1005 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3: 1006 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a 1007 // using-declaration 1008 // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we 1009 // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types 1010 // turn off ADL anyway). 1011 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D)) 1012 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(); 1013 else if (D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1014 return false; 1015 1016 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3: 1017 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function 1018 // template 1019 // And also for builtin functions. 1020 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1021 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 1022 1023 // But also builtin functions. 1024 if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit()) 1025 return false; 1026 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 1027 return false; 1028 } 1029 1030 return true; 1031} 1032 1033 1034/// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration 1035/// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that 1036/// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration 1037/// will in fact be used. 1038static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) { 1039 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D)) { 1040 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName(); 1041 return true; 1042 } 1043 1044 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) { 1045 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName(); 1046 return true; 1047 } 1048 1049 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) { 1050 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName(); 1051 return true; 1052 } 1053 1054 return false; 1055} 1056 1057Sema::OwningExprResult 1058Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1059 LookupResult &R, 1060 bool NeedsADL) { 1061 assert(R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue); 1062 1063 if (!NeedsADL && !R.isOverloadedResult()) 1064 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl()); 1065 1066 // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one 1067 // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be 1068 // functions and function templates. 1069 if (R.isSingleResult() && 1070 CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl())) 1071 return ExprError(); 1072 1073 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE 1074 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, 1075 SS ? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0, 1076 SS ? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(), 1077 R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(), 1078 NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult()); 1079 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) 1080 ULE->addDecl(*I); 1081 1082 return Owned(ULE); 1083} 1084 1085 1086/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration. 1087Sema::OwningExprResult 1088Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1089 SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) { 1090 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration"); 1091 assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) && 1092 "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template"); 1093 DeclarationName Name = D->getDeclName(); 1094 1095 if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D)) 1096 return ExprError(); 1097 1098 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 1099 1100 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress 1101 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup 1102 // on this function name, because this might not be the function 1103 // that overload resolution actually selects. 1104 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc)) 1105 return ExprError(); 1106 1107 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's. 1108 if (VD->isInvalidDecl()) 1109 return ExprError(); 1110 1111 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value 1112 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a 1113 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when 1114 // the block is formed. 1115 // 1116 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc, 1117 // as they do not get snapshotted. 1118 // 1119 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) { 1120 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD); 1121 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(); 1122 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference. 1123 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 1124 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true)); 1125 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added. 1126 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified(); 1127 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure. 1128 1129 ExprTy.addConst(); 1130 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false, 1131 constAdded)); 1132 } 1133 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is 1134 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr. 1135 1136 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc, SS); 1137} 1138 1139Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, 1140 tok::TokenKind Kind) { 1141 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT; 1142 1143 switch (Kind) { 1144 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!"); 1145 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2] 1146 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break; 1147 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break; 1148 } 1149 1150 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the 1151 // string. 1152 1153 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 1154 if (!currentDecl) { 1155 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function); 1156 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1157 } 1158 1159 QualType ResTy; 1160 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) { 1161 ResTy = Context.DependentTy; 1162 } else { 1163 unsigned Length = 1164 PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(Context, IT, currentDecl).length(); 1165 1166 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1); 1167 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst(); 1168 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 1169 } 1170 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT)); 1171} 1172 1173Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) { 1174 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer; 1175 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()); 1176 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0]; 1177 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin); 1178 1179 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength, 1180 Tok.getLocation(), PP); 1181 if (Literal.hadError()) 1182 return ExprError(); 1183 1184 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy; 1185 1186 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(), 1187 Literal.isWide(), 1188 type, Tok.getLocation())); 1189} 1190 1191Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) { 1192 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit 1193 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix. 1194 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) { 1195 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok); 1196 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 1197 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'), 1198 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation())); 1199 } 1200 1201 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer; 1202 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character. 1203 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1); 1204 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0]; 1205 1206 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc. 1207 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin); 1208 1209 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength, 1210 Tok.getLocation(), PP); 1211 if (Literal.hadError) 1212 return ExprError(); 1213 1214 Expr *Res; 1215 1216 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) { 1217 QualType Ty; 1218 if (Literal.isFloat) 1219 Ty = Context.FloatTy; 1220 else if (!Literal.isLong) 1221 Ty = Context.DoubleTy; 1222 else 1223 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy; 1224 1225 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty); 1226 1227 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue(). 1228 bool isExact = false; 1229 llvm::APFloat Val = Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact); 1230 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation()); 1231 1232 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) { 1233 return ExprError(); 1234 } else { 1235 QualType Ty; 1236 1237 // long long is a C99 feature. 1238 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && 1239 Literal.isLongLong) 1240 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong); 1241 1242 // Get the value in the widest-possible width. 1243 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0); 1244 1245 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) { 1246 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull. 1247 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large); 1248 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 1249 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() && 1250 "long long is not intmax_t?"); 1251 } else { 1252 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into 1253 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5. 1254 1255 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to 1256 // be an unsigned int. 1257 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10; 1258 1259 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can. 1260 unsigned Width = 0; 1261 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) { 1262 // Are int/unsigned possibilities? 1263 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 1264 1265 // Does it fit in a unsigned int? 1266 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) { 1267 // Does it fit in a signed int? 1268 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0) 1269 Ty = Context.IntTy; 1270 else if (AllowUnsigned) 1271 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 1272 Width = IntSize; 1273 } 1274 } 1275 1276 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities? 1277 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) { 1278 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth(); 1279 1280 // Does it fit in a unsigned long? 1281 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) { 1282 // Does it fit in a signed long? 1283 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0) 1284 Ty = Context.LongTy; 1285 else if (AllowUnsigned) 1286 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 1287 Width = LongSize; 1288 } 1289 } 1290 1291 // Finally, check long long if needed. 1292 if (Ty.isNull()) { 1293 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 1294 1295 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long? 1296 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) { 1297 // Does it fit in a signed long long? 1298 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0) 1299 Ty = Context.LongLongTy; 1300 else if (AllowUnsigned) 1301 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 1302 Width = LongLongSize; 1303 } 1304 } 1305 1306 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that 1307 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix. 1308 if (Ty.isNull()) { 1309 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed); 1310 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 1311 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 1312 } 1313 1314 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width) 1315 ResultVal.trunc(Width); 1316 } 1317 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation()); 1318 } 1319 1320 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper. 1321 if (Literal.isImaginary) 1322 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res, 1323 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType())); 1324 1325 return Owned(Res); 1326} 1327 1328Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, 1329 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) { 1330 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>(); 1331 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr"); 1332 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E)); 1333} 1334 1335/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine. 1336/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details. 1337bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType, 1338 SourceLocation OpLoc, 1339 const SourceRange &ExprRange, 1340 bool isSizeof) { 1341 if (exprType->isDependentType()) 1342 return false; 1343 1344 // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type, 1345 // the result is the size of the referenced type." 1346 // C++ [expr.alignof]p3: "When alignof is applied to a reference type, the 1347 // result shall be the alignment of the referenced type." 1348 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = exprType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 1349 exprType = Ref->getPointeeType(); 1350 1351 // C99 6.5.3.4p1: 1352 if (exprType->isFunctionType()) { 1353 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension. 1354 if (isSizeof) 1355 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange; 1356 return false; 1357 } 1358 1359 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension. 1360 if (exprType->isVoidType()) { 1361 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type) 1362 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange; 1363 return false; 1364 } 1365 1366 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType, 1367 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type : 1368 PDiag(diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type) 1369 << ExprRange)) 1370 return true; 1371 1372 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode. 1373 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) { 1374 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface) 1375 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange; 1376 return true; 1377 } 1378 1379 return false; 1380} 1381 1382bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 1383 const SourceRange &ExprRange) { 1384 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 1385 1386 // alignof decl is always ok. 1387 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E)) 1388 return false; 1389 1390 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent. 1391 if (E->isTypeDependent()) 1392 return false; 1393 1394 if (E->getBitField()) { 1395 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange; 1396 return true; 1397 } 1398 1399 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a 1400 // bit-field. 1401 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) 1402 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 1403 return false; 1404 1405 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false); 1406} 1407 1408/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand. 1409Action::OwningExprResult 1410Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(DeclaratorInfo *DInfo, 1411 SourceLocation OpLoc, 1412 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) { 1413 if (!DInfo) 1414 return ExprError(); 1415 1416 QualType T = DInfo->getType(); 1417 1418 if (!T->isDependentType() && 1419 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf)) 1420 return ExprError(); 1421 1422 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t. 1423 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, DInfo, 1424 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc, 1425 R.getEnd())); 1426} 1427 1428/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression 1429/// operand. 1430Action::OwningExprResult 1431Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 1432 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) { 1433 // Verify that the operand is valid. 1434 bool isInvalid = false; 1435 if (E->isTypeDependent()) { 1436 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions. 1437 } else if (!isSizeOf) { 1438 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R); 1439 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1. 1440 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0; 1441 isInvalid = true; 1442 } else { 1443 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true); 1444 } 1445 1446 if (isInvalid) 1447 return ExprError(); 1448 1449 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t. 1450 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E, 1451 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc, 1452 R.getEnd())); 1453} 1454 1455/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and 1456/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof 1457/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false. 1458Action::OwningExprResult 1459Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType, 1460 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) { 1461 // If error parsing type, ignore. 1462 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError(); 1463 1464 if (isType) { 1465 DeclaratorInfo *DInfo; 1466 (void) GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx, &DInfo); 1467 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(DInfo, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange); 1468 } 1469 1470 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx; 1471 Action::OwningExprResult Result 1472 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange()); 1473 1474 if (Result.isInvalid()) 1475 DeleteExpr(ArgEx); 1476 1477 return move(Result); 1478} 1479 1480QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) { 1481 if (V->isTypeDependent()) 1482 return Context.DependentTy; 1483 1484 // These operators return the element type of a complex type. 1485 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()) 1486 return CT->getElementType(); 1487 1488 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here. 1489 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType()) 1490 return V->getType(); 1491 1492 // Reject anything else. 1493 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType() 1494 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag"); 1495 return QualType(); 1496} 1497 1498 1499 1500Action::OwningExprResult 1501Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 1502 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) { 1503 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc; 1504 switch (Kind) { 1505 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!"); 1506 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break; 1507 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break; 1508 } 1509 1510 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, move(Input)); 1511} 1512 1513Action::OwningExprResult 1514Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 1515 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) { 1516 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs. 1517 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base)); 1518 1519 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()), 1520 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get()); 1521 1522 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1523 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) { 1524 Base.release(); 1525 Idx.release(); 1526 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp, 1527 Context.DependentTy, RLoc)); 1528 } 1529 1530 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1531 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() || 1532 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() || 1533 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() || 1534 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) { 1535 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc, RLoc, move(Base),move(Idx)); 1536 } 1537 1538 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc); 1539} 1540 1541 1542Action::OwningExprResult 1543Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 1544 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) { 1545 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()); 1546 Expr *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get()); 1547 1548 // Perform default conversions. 1549 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp); 1550 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp); 1551 1552 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType(); 1553 1554 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent 1555 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be 1556 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base 1557 // and index from the expression types. 1558 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr; 1559 QualType ResultType; 1560 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) { 1561 BaseExpr = LHSExp; 1562 IndexExpr = RHSExp; 1563 ResultType = Context.DependentTy; 1564 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) { 1565 BaseExpr = LHSExp; 1566 IndexExpr = RHSExp; 1567 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType(); 1568 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) { 1569 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]". 1570 BaseExpr = RHSExp; 1571 IndexExpr = LHSExp; 1572 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType(); 1573 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy = 1574 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { 1575 BaseExpr = LHSExp; 1576 IndexExpr = RHSExp; 1577 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType(); 1578 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy = 1579 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { 1580 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]". 1581 BaseExpr = RHSExp; 1582 IndexExpr = LHSExp; 1583 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType(); 1584 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) { 1585 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123] 1586 IndexExpr = RHSExp; 1587 1588 // FIXME: need to deal with const... 1589 ResultType = VTy->getElementType(); 1590 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) { 1591 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by 1592 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that 1593 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't 1594 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then 1595 // force the promotion here. 1596 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) << 1597 LHSExp->getSourceRange(); 1598 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy), 1599 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay); 1600 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(); 1601 1602 BaseExpr = LHSExp; 1603 IndexExpr = RHSExp; 1604 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1605 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) { 1606 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case 1607 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) << 1608 RHSExp->getSourceRange(); 1609 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy), 1610 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay); 1611 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType(); 1612 1613 BaseExpr = RHSExp; 1614 IndexExpr = LHSExp; 1615 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1616 } else { 1617 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value) 1618 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange()); 1619 } 1620 // C99 6.5.2.1p1 1621 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && 1622 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent()) 1623 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer) 1624 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange()); 1625 1626 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) || 1627 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U)) 1628 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent()) 1629 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange(); 1630 1631 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly, 1632 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object 1633 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance) 1634 // incomplete types are not object types. 1635 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) { 1636 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type) 1637 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange(); 1638 return ExprError(); 1639 } 1640 1641 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && 1642 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType, 1643 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type) 1644 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange())) 1645 return ExprError(); 1646 1647 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts. 1648 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) { 1649 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface) 1650 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange(); 1651 return ExprError(); 1652 } 1653 1654 Base.release(); 1655 Idx.release(); 1656 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp, 1657 ResultType, RLoc)); 1658} 1659 1660QualType Sema:: 1661CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 1662 const IdentifierInfo *CompName, 1663 SourceLocation CompLoc) { 1664 // FIXME: Share logic with ExtVectorElementExpr::containsDuplicateElements, 1665 // see FIXME there. 1666 // 1667 // FIXME: This logic can be greatly simplified by splitting it along 1668 // halving/not halving and reworking the component checking. 1669 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>(); 1670 1671 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements. 1672 const char *compStr = CompName->getNameStart(); 1673 1674 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four 1675 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are 1676 // to be selected. 1677 bool HalvingSwizzle = false; 1678 1679 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix, 1680 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices. 1681 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S'; 1682 1683 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component 1684 // names must come from the same set. 1685 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") || 1686 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) { 1687 HalvingSwizzle = true; 1688 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) { 1689 do 1690 compStr++; 1691 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1); 1692 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) { 1693 do 1694 compStr++; 1695 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1); 1696 } 1697 1698 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) { 1699 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names 1700 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name. 1701 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal) 1702 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc); 1703 return QualType(); 1704 } 1705 1706 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it 1707 // operates on. 1708 if (!HalvingSwizzle) { 1709 compStr = CompName->getNameStart(); 1710 1711 if (HexSwizzle) 1712 compStr++; 1713 1714 while (*compStr) { 1715 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) { 1716 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length) 1717 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc); 1718 return QualType(); 1719 } 1720 } 1721 } 1722 1723 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even 1724 // number of elements. 1725 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) { 1726 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even) 1727 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc); 1728 return QualType(); 1729 } 1730 1731 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type. 1732 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example, 1733 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc. 1734 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc. 1735 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2. 1736 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2 1737 : CompName->getLength(); 1738 if (HexSwizzle) 1739 CompSize--; 1740 1741 if (CompSize == 1) 1742 return vecType->getElementType(); 1743 1744 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize); 1745 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this, 1746 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in. 1747 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) { 1748 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT) 1749 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]); 1750 } 1751 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found). 1752} 1753 1754static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl, 1755 IdentifierInfo *Member, 1756 const Selector &Sel, 1757 ASTContext &Context) { 1758 1759 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) 1760 return PD; 1761 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) 1762 return OMD; 1763 1764 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(), 1765 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) { 1766 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, 1767 Context)) 1768 return D; 1769 } 1770 return 0; 1771} 1772 1773static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy, 1774 IdentifierInfo *Member, 1775 const Selector &Sel, 1776 ASTContext &Context) { 1777 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces. 1778 Decl *GDecl = 0; 1779 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(), 1780 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 1781 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) { 1782 GDecl = PD; 1783 break; 1784 } 1785 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax. 1786 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) { 1787 GDecl = OMD; 1788 break; 1789 } 1790 } 1791 if (!GDecl) { 1792 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(), 1793 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 1794 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol. 1795 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context); 1796 if (GDecl) 1797 return GDecl; 1798 } 1799 } 1800 return GDecl; 1801} 1802 1803Action::OwningExprResult 1804Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc, 1805 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc, 1806 DeclarationName MemberName, 1807 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1808 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl, const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1809 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope) { 1810 if (SS && SS->isInvalid()) 1811 return ExprError(); 1812 1813 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs. 1814 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base)); 1815 1816 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>(); 1817 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression"); 1818 1819 // Perform default conversions. 1820 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr); 1821 1822 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType(); 1823 1824 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function pointer 1825 // type, it's probably because the forgot parentheses to call that 1826 // function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses, build the 1827 // call, and continue on. 1828 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) { 1829 if (const FunctionProtoType *Fun 1830 = Ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 1831 QualType ResultTy = Fun->getResultType(); 1832 if (Fun->getNumArgs() == 0 && 1833 ((OpKind == tok::period && ResultTy->isRecordType()) || 1834 (OpKind == tok::arrow && ResultTy->isPointerType() && 1835 ResultTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType() 1836 ->isRecordType()))) { 1837 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd()); 1838 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_reference_needs_call) 1839 << QualType(Fun, 0) 1840 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()"); 1841 1842 OwningExprResult NewBase 1843 = ActOnCallExpr(S, ExprArg(*this, BaseExpr), Loc, 1844 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, Loc); 1845 if (NewBase.isInvalid()) 1846 return move(NewBase); 1847 1848 BaseExpr = NewBase.takeAs<Expr>(); 1849 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr); 1850 BaseType = BaseExpr->getType(); 1851 } 1852 } 1853 } 1854 1855 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then 1856 // use that. 1857 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) { 1858 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this 1859 // is a reference to 'isa'. 1860 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) { 1861 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType; 1862 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 1863 } 1864 } 1865 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression"); 1866 1867 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types. 1868 if (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) { 1869 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax. 1870 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 1871 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member); 1872 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) { 1873 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 1874 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter; 1875 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation. 1876 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) { 1877 // Check the use of this method. 1878 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc)) 1879 return ExprError(); 1880 } 1881 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we 1882 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed. 1883 Selector SetterSel = 1884 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(), 1885 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member); 1886 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel); 1887 if (!Setter) { 1888 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private' 1889 // methods. 1890 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel); 1891 } 1892 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class. 1893 if (!Setter) 1894 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel); 1895 1896 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc)) 1897 return ExprError(); 1898 1899 if (Getter || Setter) { 1900 QualType PType; 1901 1902 if (Getter) 1903 PType = Getter->getResultType(); 1904 else 1905 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter. 1906 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType(); 1907 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type. 1908 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, 1909 PType, 1910 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr)); 1911 } 1912 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found) 1913 << MemberName << BaseType); 1914 } 1915 } 1916 1917 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() && 1918 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) { 1919 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType; 1920 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 1921 } 1922 1923 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr 1924 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee. 1925 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) { 1926 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) { 1927 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0; 1928 if (SS) { 1929 Qualifier = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()); 1930 if (!FirstQualifierInScope) 1931 FirstQualifierInScope = FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, Qualifier); 1932 } 1933 1934 return Owned(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, true, 1935 OpLoc, Qualifier, 1936 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(), 1937 FirstQualifierInScope, 1938 MemberName, 1939 MemberLoc, 1940 ExplicitTemplateArgs)); 1941 } 1942 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) 1943 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType(); 1944 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 1945 ; 1946 else 1947 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, 1948 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow) 1949 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()); 1950 } else if (BaseType->isDependentType()) { 1951 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type 1952 // (so we'll report an error for) 1953 // T* t; 1954 // t.f; 1955 // 1956 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be 1957 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check 1958 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer. 1959 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>(); 1960 1961 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && 1962 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) { 1963 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0; 1964 if (SS) { 1965 Qualifier = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()); 1966 if (!FirstQualifierInScope) 1967 FirstQualifierInScope = FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, Qualifier); 1968 } 1969 1970 return Owned(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(Context, 1971 BaseExpr, false, 1972 OpLoc, 1973 Qualifier, 1974 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(), 1975 FirstQualifierInScope, 1976 MemberName, 1977 MemberLoc, 1978 ExplicitTemplateArgs)); 1979 } 1980 } 1981 1982 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields 1983 // of the ObjC 'id' struct. 1984 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) { 1985 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl(); 1986 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType, 1987 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag) 1988 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange())) 1989 return ExprError(); 1990 1991 DeclContext *DC = RDecl; 1992 if (SS && SS->isSet()) { 1993 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the 1994 // nested-name-specifier. 1995 DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 1996 1997 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(DC)) { 1998 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_qualified_member_nonclass) 1999 << DC << SS->getRange(); 2000 return ExprError(); 2001 } 2002 2003 // FIXME: If DC is not computable, we should build a 2004 // CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr. 2005 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup"); 2006 } 2007 2008 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid. 2009 LookupResult Result(*this, MemberName, MemberLoc, LookupMemberName); 2010 LookupQualifiedName(Result, DC); 2011 2012 if (Result.empty()) 2013 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_no_member) 2014 << MemberName << DC << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()); 2015 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) 2016 return ExprError(); 2017 2018 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result.getAsSingleDecl(Context); 2019 2020 if (SS && SS->isSet()) { 2021 TypeDecl* TyD = cast<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext()); 2022 QualType BaseTypeCanon 2023 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType).getUnqualifiedType(); 2024 QualType MemberTypeCanon 2025 = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(TyD)); 2026 2027 if (BaseTypeCanon != MemberTypeCanon && 2028 !IsDerivedFrom(BaseTypeCanon, MemberTypeCanon)) 2029 return ExprError(Diag(SS->getBeginLoc(), 2030 diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual) 2031 << MemberTypeCanon << BaseTypeCanon); 2032 } 2033 2034 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this 2035 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading 2036 // error cases. 2037 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 2038 return ExprError(); 2039 2040 bool ShouldCheckUse = true; 2041 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) { 2042 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's 2043 // explicitly qualified. 2044 if (MD->isVirtual() && (!SS || !SS->isSet())) 2045 ShouldCheckUse = false; 2046 } 2047 2048 // Check the use of this field 2049 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc)) 2050 return ExprError(); 2051 2052 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) { 2053 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct 2054 // (C++ [class.union]). 2055 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) 2056 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD, 2057 BaseExpr, OpLoc); 2058 2059 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref] 2060 QualType MemberType = FD->getType(); 2061 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 2062 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType(); 2063 else { 2064 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers(); 2065 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr(); 2066 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst(); 2067 2068 Qualifiers MemberQuals 2069 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers(); 2070 2071 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals; 2072 if (Combined != MemberQuals) 2073 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined); 2074 } 2075 2076 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD); 2077 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD)) 2078 return ExprError(); 2079 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS, 2080 FD, MemberLoc, MemberType)); 2081 } 2082 2083 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) { 2084 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl); 2085 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS, 2086 Var, MemberLoc, 2087 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType())); 2088 } 2089 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) { 2090 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl); 2091 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS, 2092 MemberFn, MemberLoc, 2093 MemberFn->getType())); 2094 } 2095 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl 2096 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemberDecl)) { 2097 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl); 2098 2099 if (ExplicitTemplateArgs) 2100 return Owned(MemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, 2101 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0), 2102 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(), 2103 FunTmpl, MemberLoc, 2104 ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2105 Context.OverloadTy)); 2106 2107 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS, 2108 FunTmpl, MemberLoc, 2109 Context.OverloadTy)); 2110 } 2111 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl 2112 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) { 2113 if (ExplicitTemplateArgs) 2114 return Owned(MemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, 2115 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0), 2116 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(), 2117 Ovl, MemberLoc, ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2118 Context.OverloadTy)); 2119 2120 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS, 2121 Ovl, MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy)); 2122 } 2123 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) { 2124 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl); 2125 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS, 2126 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType())); 2127 } 2128 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl)) 2129 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type) 2130 << MemberName << int(OpKind == tok::arrow)); 2131 2132 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a 2133 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer 2134 // to this member with '.' or '->'. 2135 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, 2136 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown) 2137 << MemberName << int(OpKind == tok::arrow)); 2138 } 2139 2140 // Handle pseudo-destructors (C++ [expr.pseudo]). Since anything referring 2141 // into a record type was handled above, any destructor we see here is a 2142 // pseudo-destructor. 2143 if (MemberName.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 2144 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: 2145 // The left hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The 2146 // left hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar 2147 // type. 2148 if (!BaseType->isScalarType()) 2149 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar) 2150 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()); 2151 2152 // [...] The type designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the 2153 // same as the object type. 2154 if (!MemberName.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() && 2155 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(BaseType, MemberName.getCXXNameType())) 2156 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch) 2157 << BaseType << MemberName.getCXXNameType() 2158 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(MemberLoc)); 2159 2160 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of 2161 // the form 2162 // 2163 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ̃ type-name 2164 // 2165 // shall designate the same scalar type. 2166 // 2167 // FIXME: DPG can't see any way to trigger this particular clause, so it 2168 // isn't checked here. 2169 2170 // FIXME: We've lost the precise spelling of the type by going through 2171 // DeclarationName. Can we do better? 2172 return Owned(new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, BaseExpr, 2173 OpKind == tok::arrow, 2174 OpLoc, 2175 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0), 2176 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(), 2177 MemberName.getCXXNameType(), 2178 MemberLoc)); 2179 } 2180 2181 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and 2182 // (*Obj).ivar. 2183 if ((OpKind == tok::arrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) || 2184 (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) { 2185 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 2186 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = 2187 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>(); 2188 if (IFaceT) { 2189 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 2190 2191 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl(); 2192 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared; 2193 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared); 2194 2195 if (IV) { 2196 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this 2197 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading 2198 // error cases. 2199 if (IV->isInvalidDecl()) 2200 return ExprError(); 2201 2202 // Check whether we can reference this field. 2203 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc)) 2204 return ExprError(); 2205 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public && 2206 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) { 2207 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0; 2208 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) 2209 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface(); 2210 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) { 2211 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation. 2212 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation 2213 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass 2214 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context 2215 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the 2216 // AST for a function decl. 2217 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>(); 2218 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD = 2219 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl)) 2220 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface(); 2221 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass = 2222 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl)) 2223 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface(); 2224 } 2225 2226 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) { 2227 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl || 2228 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared) 2229 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) 2230 << IV->getDeclName(); 2231 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl)) 2232 // @protected 2233 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access) 2234 << IV->getDeclName(); 2235 } 2236 2237 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), 2238 MemberLoc, BaseExpr, 2239 OpKind == tok::arrow)); 2240 } 2241 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar) 2242 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName 2243 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()); 2244 } 2245 } 2246 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id". 2247 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() || 2248 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) { 2249 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 2250 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 2251 2252 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces. 2253 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member); 2254 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) { 2255 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) { 2256 // Check the use of this declaration 2257 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc)) 2258 return ExprError(); 2259 2260 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(), 2261 MemberLoc, BaseExpr)); 2262 } 2263 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) { 2264 // Check the use of this method. 2265 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc)) 2266 return ExprError(); 2267 2268 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel, 2269 OMD->getResultType(), 2270 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc, 2271 NULL, 0)); 2272 } 2273 } 2274 2275 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found) 2276 << MemberName << BaseType); 2277 } 2278 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a 2279 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type. 2280 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT; 2281 if (OpKind == tok::period && 2282 (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) { 2283 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType(); 2284 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl(); 2285 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 2286 2287 // Search for a declared property first. 2288 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) { 2289 // Check whether we can reference this property. 2290 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc)) 2291 return ExprError(); 2292 QualType ResTy = PD->getType(); 2293 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member); 2294 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel); 2295 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc)) 2296 ResTy = Getter->getResultType(); 2297 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy, 2298 MemberLoc, BaseExpr)); 2299 } 2300 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces. 2301 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 2302 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) 2303 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) { 2304 // Check whether we can reference this property. 2305 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc)) 2306 return ExprError(); 2307 2308 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(), 2309 MemberLoc, BaseExpr)); 2310 } 2311 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary 2312 // selector is implemented. 2313 2314 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be 2315 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage. 2316 2317 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member); 2318 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel); 2319 2320 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods. 2321 if (!Getter) 2322 Getter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Sel); 2323 2324 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class. 2325 if (!Getter) 2326 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel); 2327 if (Getter) { 2328 // Check if we can reference this property. 2329 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc)) 2330 return ExprError(); 2331 } 2332 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we 2333 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed. 2334 Selector SetterSel = 2335 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(), 2336 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member); 2337 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel); 2338 if (!Setter) { 2339 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private' 2340 // methods. 2341 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel); 2342 } 2343 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class. 2344 if (!Setter) 2345 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel); 2346 2347 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc)) 2348 return ExprError(); 2349 2350 if (Getter || Setter) { 2351 QualType PType; 2352 2353 if (Getter) 2354 PType = Getter->getResultType(); 2355 else 2356 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter. 2357 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType(); 2358 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type. 2359 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, PType, 2360 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr)); 2361 } 2362 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found) 2363 << MemberName << BaseType); 2364 } 2365 2366 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa. 2367 if (OpKind == tok::period && 2368 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) && 2369 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa")) 2370 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc, 2371 Context.getObjCIdType())); 2372 2373 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'. 2374 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) { 2375 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 2376 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc); 2377 if (ret.isNull()) 2378 return ExprError(); 2379 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member, 2380 MemberLoc)); 2381 } 2382 2383 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union) 2384 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange(); 2385 2386 return ExprError(); 2387} 2388 2389Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, 2390 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2391 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 2392 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2393 UnqualifiedId &Member, 2394 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl, 2395 bool HasTrailingLParen) { 2396 if (Member.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 2397 TemplateName Template 2398 = TemplateName::getFromVoidPointer(Member.TemplateId->Template); 2399 2400 // FIXME: We're going to end up looking up the template based on its name, 2401 // twice! 2402 DeclarationName Name; 2403 if (TemplateDecl *ActualTemplate = Template.getAsTemplateDecl()) 2404 Name = ActualTemplate->getDeclName(); 2405 else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = Template.getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl()) 2406 Name = Ovl->getDeclName(); 2407 else { 2408 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Template.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 2409 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) 2410 Name = DTN->getIdentifier(); 2411 else 2412 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator()); 2413 } 2414 2415 // Translate the parser's template argument list in our AST format. 2416 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this, 2417 Member.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 2418 Member.TemplateId->NumArgs); 2419 2420 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 2421 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(Member.TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 2422 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(Member.TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 2423 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, TemplateArgs); 2424 TemplateArgsPtr.release(); 2425 2426 // Do we have the save the actual template name? We might need it... 2427 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(S, move(Base), OpLoc, OpKind, 2428 Member.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc, 2429 Name, &TemplateArgs, DeclPtrTy(), 2430 &SS); 2431 } 2432 2433 // FIXME: We lose a lot of source information by mapping directly to the 2434 // DeclarationName. 2435 OwningExprResult Result 2436 = BuildMemberReferenceExpr(S, move(Base), OpLoc, OpKind, 2437 Member.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2438 GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Member), 2439 ObjCImpDecl, &SS); 2440 2441 if (Result.isInvalid() || HasTrailingLParen || 2442 Member.getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName) 2443 return move(Result); 2444 2445 // The only way a reference to a destructor can be used is to 2446 // immediately call them. Since the next token is not a '(', produce a 2447 // diagnostic and build the call now. 2448 Expr *E = (Expr *)Result.get(); 2449 SourceLocation ExpectedLParenLoc 2450 = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(Member.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 2451 Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call) 2452 << isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(E) 2453 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ExpectedLParenLoc, "()"); 2454 2455 return ActOnCallExpr(0, move(Result), ExpectedLParenLoc, 2456 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, ExpectedLParenLoc); 2457} 2458 2459Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 2460 FunctionDecl *FD, 2461 ParmVarDecl *Param) { 2462 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) { 2463 Diag (CallLoc, 2464 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) << 2465 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName(); 2466 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param], 2467 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here); 2468 } else { 2469 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) { 2470 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg(); 2471 2472 // Instantiate the expression. 2473 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD); 2474 2475 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param, 2476 ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(), 2477 ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size()); 2478 2479 OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList); 2480 if (Result.isInvalid()) 2481 return ExprError(); 2482 2483 if (SetParamDefaultArgument(Param, move(Result), 2484 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/ 2485 UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin())) 2486 return ExprError(); 2487 } 2488 2489 Expr *DefaultExpr = Param->getDefaultArg(); 2490 2491 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to 2492 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll 2493 // be properly destroyed. 2494 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E 2495 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) { 2496 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() && 2497 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!"); 2498 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I) 2499 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I)); 2500 } 2501 } 2502 2503 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works. 2504 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, Param)); 2505} 2506 2507/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in 2508/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with 2509/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and 2510/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this 2511/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns 2512/// true if the call is ill-formed. 2513bool 2514Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 2515 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 2516 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 2517 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2518 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 2519 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by 2520 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ... 2521 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs(); 2522 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs; 2523 bool Invalid = false; 2524 2525 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default 2526 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call. 2527 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) { 2528 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments()) 2529 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args) 2530 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange(); 2531 // Use default arguments for missing arguments 2532 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto; 2533 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto); 2534 } 2535 2536 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop 2537 // them. 2538 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) { 2539 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) { 2540 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(), 2541 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args) 2542 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange() 2543 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(), 2544 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()); 2545 // This deletes the extra arguments. 2546 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto); 2547 Invalid = true; 2548 } 2549 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto; 2550 } 2551 2552 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args). 2553 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) { 2554 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i); 2555 2556 Expr *Arg; 2557 if (i < NumArgs) { 2558 Arg = Args[i]; 2559 2560 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2561 ProtoArgType, 2562 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument) 2563 << Arg->getSourceRange())) 2564 return true; 2565 2566 // Pass the argument. 2567 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing")) 2568 return true; 2569 2570 if (!ProtoArgType->isReferenceType()) 2571 Arg = MaybeBindToTemporary(Arg).takeAs<Expr>(); 2572 } else { 2573 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i); 2574 2575 OwningExprResult ArgExpr = 2576 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2577 FDecl, Param); 2578 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid()) 2579 return true; 2580 2581 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>(); 2582 } 2583 2584 Call->setArg(i, Arg); 2585 } 2586 2587 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...". 2588 if (Proto->isVariadic()) { 2589 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction; 2590 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) 2591 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block 2592 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn)) 2593 CallType = VariadicMethod; 2594 2595 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7). 2596 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i < NumArgs; i++) { 2597 Expr *Arg = Args[i]; 2598 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType); 2599 Call->setArg(i, Arg); 2600 } 2601 } 2602 2603 return Invalid; 2604} 2605 2606/// \brief "Deconstruct" the function argument of a call expression to find 2607/// the underlying declaration (if any), the name of the called function, 2608/// whether argument-dependent lookup is available, whether it has explicit 2609/// template arguments, etc. 2610void Sema::DeconstructCallFunction(Expr *FnExpr, 2611 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl*> &Fns, 2612 DeclarationName &Name, 2613 NestedNameSpecifier *&Qualifier, 2614 SourceRange &QualifierRange, 2615 bool &ArgumentDependentLookup, 2616 bool &Overloaded, 2617 bool &HasExplicitTemplateArguments, 2618 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs) { 2619 // Set defaults for all of the output parameters. 2620 Name = DeclarationName(); 2621 Qualifier = 0; 2622 QualifierRange = SourceRange(); 2623 ArgumentDependentLookup = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 2624 Overloaded = false; 2625 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = false; 2626 2627 // Most of the explicit tracking of ArgumentDependentLookup in this 2628 // function can disappear when we handle unresolved 2629 // TemplateIdRefExprs properly. 2630 2631 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration. 2632 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent 2633 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments. 2634 while (true) { 2635 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr)) 2636 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr(); 2637 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) { 2638 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL 2639 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1). 2640 ArgumentDependentLookup = false; 2641 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr(); 2642 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) && 2643 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode() 2644 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) { 2645 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr(); 2646 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) { 2647 Fns.push_back(cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl())); 2648 ArgumentDependentLookup = false; 2649 if ((Qualifier = DRExpr->getQualifier())) 2650 QualifierRange = DRExpr->getQualifierRange(); 2651 break; 2652 } else if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *UnresLookup 2653 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(FnExpr)) { 2654 Name = UnresLookup->getName(); 2655 Fns.append(UnresLookup->decls_begin(), UnresLookup->decls_end()); 2656 ArgumentDependentLookup = UnresLookup->requiresADL(); 2657 Overloaded = UnresLookup->isOverloaded(); 2658 if ((Qualifier = UnresLookup->getQualifier())) 2659 QualifierRange = UnresLookup->getQualifierRange(); 2660 break; 2661 } else if (TemplateIdRefExpr *TemplateIdRef 2662 = dyn_cast<TemplateIdRefExpr>(FnExpr)) { 2663 if (NamedDecl *Function 2664 = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl()) { 2665 Name = Function->getDeclName(); 2666 Fns.push_back(Function); 2667 } 2668 else { 2669 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Overload 2670 = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl(); 2671 Name = Overload->getDeclName(); 2672 Fns.append(Overload->function_begin(), Overload->function_end()); 2673 } 2674 Overloaded = true; 2675 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = true; 2676 TemplateIdRef->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(ExplicitTemplateArgs); 2677 2678 // C++ [temp.arg.explicit]p6: 2679 // [Note: For simple function names, argument dependent lookup (3.4.2) 2680 // applies even when the function name is not visible within the 2681 // scope of the call. This is because the call still has the syntactic 2682 // form of a function call (3.4.1). But when a function template with 2683 // explicit template arguments is used, the call does not have the 2684 // correct syntactic form unless there is a function template with 2685 // that name visible at the point of the call. If no such name is 2686 // visible, the call is not syntactically well-formed and 2687 // argument-dependent lookup does not apply. If some such name is 2688 // visible, argument dependent lookup applies and additional function 2689 // templates may be found in other namespaces. 2690 // 2691 // The summary of this paragraph is that, if we get to this point and the 2692 // template-id was not a qualified name, then argument-dependent lookup 2693 // is still possible. 2694 if ((Qualifier = TemplateIdRef->getQualifier())) { 2695 ArgumentDependentLookup = false; 2696 QualifierRange = TemplateIdRef->getQualifierRange(); 2697 } 2698 break; 2699 } else { 2700 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or 2701 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3). 2702 ArgumentDependentLookup = false; 2703 break; 2704 } 2705 } 2706} 2707 2708/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 2709/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 2710/// locations. 2711Action::OwningExprResult 2712Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2713 MultiExprArg args, 2714 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 2715 unsigned NumArgs = args.size(); 2716 2717 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs. 2718 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn)); 2719 2720 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>(); 2721 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release()); 2722 assert(Fn && "no function call expression"); 2723 2724 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2725 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately. 2726 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) { 2727 if (NumArgs > 0) { 2728 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments. 2729 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args) 2730 << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval( 2731 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(), 2732 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd())); 2733 2734 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 2735 Args[I]->Destroy(Context); 2736 2737 NumArgs = 0; 2738 } 2739 2740 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy, 2741 RParenLoc)); 2742 } 2743 2744 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template, 2745 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now. 2746 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in 2747 // Fn. 2748 bool Dependent = false; 2749 if (Fn->isTypeDependent()) 2750 Dependent = true; 2751 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs)) 2752 Dependent = true; 2753 2754 if (Dependent) 2755 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs, 2756 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc)); 2757 2758 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]). 2759 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType()) 2760 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, 2761 CommaLocs, RParenLoc)); 2762 2763 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function. 2764 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) { 2765 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl(); 2766 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemDecl) || 2767 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl) || 2768 (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl) && 2769 isa<CXXMethodDecl>( 2770 cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl)->getTemplatedDecl()))) 2771 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, 2772 CommaLocs, RParenLoc)); 2773 } 2774 2775 // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function. 2776 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) { 2777 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD || 2778 BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) { 2779 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 2780 dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(BO->getType())) { 2781 QualType ResultTy = FPT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType(); 2782 2783 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr> 2784 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args, 2785 NumArgs, ResultTy, 2786 RParenLoc)); 2787 2788 if (CheckCallReturnType(FPT->getResultType(), 2789 BO->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2790 TheCall.get(), 0)) 2791 return ExprError(); 2792 2793 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs, 2794 RParenLoc)) 2795 return ExprError(); 2796 2797 return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release()); 2798 } 2799 return ExprError(Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), 2800 diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function) 2801 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange()); 2802 } 2803 } 2804 } 2805 2806 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration. 2807 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent 2808 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments. 2809 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*,8> Fns; 2810 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName; 2811 bool Overloaded; 2812 bool ADL; 2813 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = 0; 2814 TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitTemplateArgs; 2815 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0; 2816 SourceRange QualifierRange; 2817 DeconstructCallFunction(Fn, Fns, UnqualifiedName, Qualifier, QualifierRange, 2818 ADL, Overloaded, HasExplicitTemplateArgs, 2819 ExplicitTemplateArgs); 2820 2821 NamedDecl *NDecl; // the specific declaration we're calling, if applicable 2822 FunctionDecl *FDecl; // same, if it's known to be a function 2823 2824 if (Overloaded || ADL) { 2825#ifndef NDEBUG 2826 if (ADL) { 2827 // To do ADL, we must have found an unqualified name. 2828 assert(UnqualifiedName && "found no unqualified name for ADL"); 2829 2830 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins. 2831 // Verify that this was correctly set up. 2832 if (Fns.size() == 1 && (FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Fns[0])) && 2833 FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit()) 2834 assert(0 && "performing ADL for builtin"); 2835 2836 // We don't perform ADL in C. 2837 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "ADL enabled in C"); 2838 } 2839 2840 if (Overloaded) { 2841 // To be overloaded, we must either have multiple functions or 2842 // at least one function template (which is effectively an 2843 // infinite set of functions). 2844 assert((Fns.size() > 1 || 2845 (Fns.size() == 1 && 2846 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Fns[0]->getUnderlyingDecl()))) 2847 && "unrecognized overload situation"); 2848 } 2849#endif 2850 2851 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, Fns, UnqualifiedName, 2852 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &ExplicitTemplateArgs : 0), 2853 LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, CommaLocs, 2854 RParenLoc, ADL); 2855 if (!FDecl) 2856 return ExprError(); 2857 2858 Fn = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Fn, FDecl); 2859 2860 NDecl = FDecl; 2861 } else { 2862 assert(Fns.size() <= 1 && "overloaded without Overloaded flag"); 2863 if (Fns.empty()) 2864 NDecl = FDecl = 0; 2865 else { 2866 NDecl = Fns[0]; 2867 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl); 2868 } 2869 } 2870 2871 // Promote the function operand. 2872 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn); 2873 2874 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup 2875 // of arguments and function on error. 2876 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 2877 Args, NumArgs, 2878 Context.BoolTy, 2879 RParenLoc)); 2880 2881 const FunctionType *FuncT; 2882 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) { 2883 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall 2884 // have type pointer to function". 2885 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>(); 2886 if (PT == 0) 2887 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function) 2888 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange()); 2889 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2890 } else { // This is a block call. 2891 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()-> 2892 getAs<FunctionType>(); 2893 } 2894 if (FuncT == 0) 2895 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function) 2896 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange()); 2897 2898 // Check for a valid return type 2899 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(), 2900 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall.get(), 2901 FDecl)) 2902 return ExprError(); 2903 2904 // We know the result type of the call, set it. 2905 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType()); 2906 2907 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) { 2908 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs, 2909 RParenLoc)) 2910 return ExprError(); 2911 } else { 2912 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!"); 2913 2914 if (FDecl) { 2915 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based 2916 // on our knowledge of the function definition. 2917 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0; 2918 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) { 2919 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 2920 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2921 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) { 2922 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments) 2923 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange(); 2924 } 2925 } 2926 } 2927 2928 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6). 2929 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) { 2930 Expr *Arg = Args[i]; 2931 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg); 2932 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2933 Arg->getType(), 2934 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument) 2935 << Arg->getSourceRange())) 2936 return ExprError(); 2937 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg); 2938 } 2939 } 2940 2941 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl)) 2942 if (!Method->isStatic()) 2943 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object) 2944 << Fn->getSourceRange()); 2945 2946 // Check for sentinels 2947 if (NDecl) 2948 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs); 2949 2950 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions. 2951 if (FDecl) { 2952 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get())) 2953 return ExprError(); 2954 2955 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID()) 2956 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take()); 2957 } else if (NDecl) { 2958 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get())) 2959 return ExprError(); 2960 } 2961 2962 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take()); 2963} 2964 2965Action::OwningExprResult 2966Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty, 2967 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) { 2968 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type"); 2969 //FIXME: Preserve type source info. 2970 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty); 2971 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out. 2972 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression"); 2973 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get()); 2974 2975 if (literalType->isArrayType()) { 2976 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType()) 2977 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init) 2978 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())); 2979 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() && 2980 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType, 2981 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 2982 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, 2983 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()))) 2984 return ExprError(); 2985 2986 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc, 2987 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false)) 2988 return ExprError(); 2989 2990 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0; 2991 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3 2992 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType)) 2993 return ExprError(); 2994 } 2995 InitExpr.release(); 2996 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType, 2997 literalExpr, isFileScope)); 2998} 2999 3000Action::OwningExprResult 3001Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist, 3002 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 3003 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size(); 3004 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release()); 3005 3006 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and 3007 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized. 3008 3009 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit, 3010 RBraceLoc); 3011 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now. 3012 return Owned(E); 3013} 3014 3015static CastExpr::CastKind getScalarCastKind(ASTContext &Context, 3016 QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) { 3017 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy)) 3018 return CastExpr::CK_NoOp; 3019 3020 if (SrcTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) { 3021 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) 3022 return CastExpr::CK_BitCast; 3023 if (DestTy->isIntegerType()) 3024 return CastExpr::CK_PointerToIntegral; 3025 } 3026 3027 if (SrcTy->isIntegerType()) { 3028 if (DestTy->isIntegerType()) 3029 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast; 3030 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) 3031 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer; 3032 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType()) 3033 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToFloating; 3034 } 3035 3036 if (SrcTy->isRealFloatingType()) { 3037 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType()) 3038 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast; 3039 if (DestTy->isIntegerType()) 3040 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingToIntegral; 3041 } 3042 3043 // FIXME: Assert here. 3044 // assert(false && "Unhandled cast combination!"); 3045 return CastExpr::CK_Unknown; 3046} 3047 3048/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types. 3049bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr, 3050 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind, 3051 CXXMethodDecl *& ConversionDecl, 3052 bool FunctionalStyle) { 3053 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3054 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle, 3055 ConversionDecl); 3056 3057 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(castExpr); 3058 3059 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression 3060 // type needs to be scalar. 3061 if (castType->isVoidType()) { 3062 // Cast to void allows any expr type. 3063 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToVoid; 3064 return false; 3065 } 3066 3067 if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) { 3068 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(castType, castExpr->getType()) && 3069 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) { 3070 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self. 3071 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete. 3072 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar) 3073 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange(); 3074 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp; 3075 return false; 3076 } 3077 3078 if (castType->isUnionType()) { 3079 // GCC cast to union extension 3080 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 3081 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd; 3082 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end(); 3083 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) { 3084 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Field->getType(), 3085 castExpr->getType())) { 3086 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union) 3087 << castExpr->getSourceRange(); 3088 break; 3089 } 3090 } 3091 if (Field == FieldEnd) 3092 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type) 3093 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange(); 3094 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion; 3095 return false; 3096 } 3097 3098 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types. 3099 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar) 3100 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange(); 3101 } 3102 3103 if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() && 3104 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) { 3105 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), 3106 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand) 3107 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange(); 3108 } 3109 3110 if (castType->isExtVectorType()) 3111 return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind); 3112 3113 if (castType->isVectorType()) 3114 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind); 3115 if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) 3116 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind); 3117 3118 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) 3119 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR; 3120 3121 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr)) 3122 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr); 3123 3124 if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) { 3125 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType(); 3126 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType()) 3127 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), 3128 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int) 3129 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange(); 3130 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) { 3131 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType()) 3132 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), 3133 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int) 3134 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange(); 3135 } 3136 3137 Kind = getScalarCastKind(Context, castExpr->getType(), castType); 3138 return false; 3139} 3140 3141bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 3142 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) { 3143 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!"); 3144 3145 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) { 3146 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty)) 3147 return Diag(R.getBegin(), 3148 Ty->isVectorType() ? 3149 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors : 3150 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer) 3151 << VectorTy << Ty << R; 3152 } else 3153 return Diag(R.getBegin(), 3154 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar) 3155 << VectorTy << Ty << R; 3156 3157 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast; 3158 return false; 3159} 3160 3161bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *&CastExpr, 3162 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) { 3163 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!"); 3164 3165 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType(); 3166 3167 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to 3168 // an ExtVectorType. 3169 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) { 3170 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy)) 3171 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors) 3172 << DestTy << SrcTy << R; 3173 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast; 3174 return false; 3175 } 3176 3177 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate 3178 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then 3179 // splat from elt type to vector. 3180 if (SrcTy->isPointerType()) 3181 return Diag(R.getBegin(), 3182 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar) 3183 << DestTy << SrcTy << R; 3184 3185 QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType(); 3186 ImpCastExprToType(CastExpr, DestElemTy, 3187 getScalarCastKind(Context, SrcTy, DestElemTy)); 3188 3189 Kind = CastExpr::CK_VectorSplat; 3190 return false; 3191} 3192 3193Action::OwningExprResult 3194Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty, 3195 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) { 3196 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown; 3197 3198 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) && 3199 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr"); 3200 3201 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get(); 3202 //FIXME: Preserve type source info. 3203 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty); 3204 3205 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially. 3206 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr)) 3207 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),castType); 3208 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0; 3209 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr, 3210 Kind, Method)) 3211 return ExprError(); 3212 3213 if (Method) { 3214 OwningExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(LParenLoc, castType, Kind, 3215 Method, move(Op)); 3216 3217 if (CastArg.isInvalid()) 3218 return ExprError(); 3219 3220 castExpr = CastArg.takeAs<Expr>(); 3221 } else { 3222 Op.release(); 3223 } 3224 3225 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType.getNonReferenceType(), 3226 Kind, castExpr, castType, 3227 LParenLoc, RParenLoc)); 3228} 3229 3230/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence 3231/// of comma binary operators. 3232Action::OwningExprResult 3233Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) { 3234 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>(); 3235 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr); 3236 if (!E) 3237 return Owned(expr); 3238 3239 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0)); 3240 3241 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i) 3242 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result), 3243 Owned(E->getExpr(i))); 3244 3245 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result)); 3246} 3247 3248Action::OwningExprResult 3249Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3250 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op, 3251 QualType Ty) { 3252 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get(); 3253 3254 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')' 3255 // then handle it as such. 3256 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) { 3257 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) { 3258 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer); 3259 return ExprError(); 3260 } 3261 3262 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs; 3263 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i) 3264 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i)); 3265 3266 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly 3267 // braces instead of the original commas. 3268 Op.release(); 3269 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0], 3270 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc); 3271 E->setType(Ty); 3272 return ActOnCompoundLiteral(LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc, 3273 Owned(E)); 3274 } else { 3275 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a 3276 // sequence of BinOp comma operators. 3277 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op)); 3278 return ActOnCastExpr(S, LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,move(Op)); 3279 } 3280} 3281 3282Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 3283 SourceLocation R, 3284 MultiExprArg Val) { 3285 unsigned nexprs = Val.size(); 3286 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release()); 3287 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenListExpr() missing expr list"); 3288 Expr *expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R); 3289 return Owned(expr); 3290} 3291 3292/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension. 3293/// In that case, lhs = cond. 3294/// C99 6.5.15 3295QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS, 3296 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { 3297 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker. 3298 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3299 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc); 3300 3301 CheckSignCompare(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_conditional); 3302 3303 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond); 3304 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS); 3305 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS); 3306 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType(); 3307 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType(); 3308 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType(); 3309 3310 // first, check the condition. 3311 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2 3312 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar) 3313 << CondTy; 3314 return QualType(); 3315 } 3316 3317 // Now check the two expressions. 3318 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType()) 3319 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS); 3320 3321 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions 3322 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5. 3323 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) { 3324 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS); 3325 return LHS->getType(); 3326 } 3327 3328 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that 3329 // type. 3330 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3 3331 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) 3332 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl()) 3333 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has 3334 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped. 3335 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType(); 3336 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode. 3337 } 3338 3339 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type." 3340 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism). 3341 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) { 3342 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType()) 3343 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void) 3344 << RHS->getSourceRange(); 3345 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType()) 3346 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void) 3347 << LHS->getSourceRange(); 3348 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid); 3349 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid); 3350 return Context.VoidTy; 3351 } 3352 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has 3353 // the type of the other operand." 3354 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) && 3355 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 3356 // promote the null to a pointer. 3357 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown); 3358 return LHSTy; 3359 } 3360 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) && 3361 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 3362 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown); 3363 return RHSTy; 3364 } 3365 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result 3366 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the 3367 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields. 3368 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() && 3369 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) { 3370 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 3371 return LHSTy; 3372 } 3373 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() && 3374 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) { 3375 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 3376 return RHSTy; 3377 } 3378 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id 3379 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() && 3380 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) { 3381 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 3382 return LHSTy; 3383 } 3384 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() && 3385 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) { 3386 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 3387 return RHSTy; 3388 } 3389 // Handle block pointer types. 3390 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) { 3391 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) { 3392 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) { 3393 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy); 3394 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 3395 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 3396 return destType; 3397 } 3398 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) 3399 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange(); 3400 return QualType(); 3401 } 3402 // We have 2 block pointer types. 3403 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) { 3404 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible. 3405 return LHSTy; 3406 } 3407 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking. 3408 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 3409 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 3410 3411 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(), 3412 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) { 3413 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers) 3414 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange(); 3415 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good 3416 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick 3417 // to get a consistent AST. 3418 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy); 3419 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 3420 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 3421 return incompatTy; 3422 } 3423 // The block pointer types are compatible. 3424 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 3425 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 3426 return LHSTy; 3427 } 3428 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types. 3429 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3430 3431 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) { 3432 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible. 3433 return LHSTy; 3434 } 3435 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 3436 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 3437 QualType compositeType = LHSTy; 3438 3439 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be 3440 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite 3441 // type. This allows 3442 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b 3443 // where B is a subclass of A. 3444 // 3445 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id' 3446 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are 3447 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite 3448 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to. 3449 3450 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'. 3451 // It could return the composite type. 3452 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) { 3453 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy; 3454 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) { 3455 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy; 3456 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || 3457 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) && 3458 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) { 3459 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly. 3460 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to 3461 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be 3462 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible. 3463 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType(); 3464 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) { 3465 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType(); 3466 } else if (!(compositeType = 3467 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull()) 3468 ; 3469 else { 3470 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) 3471 << LHSTy << RHSTy 3472 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange(); 3473 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType(); 3474 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 3475 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 3476 return incompatTy; 3477 } 3478 // The object pointer types are compatible. 3479 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 3480 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 3481 return compositeType; 3482 } 3483 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *' 3484 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3485 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 3486 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 3487 QualType destPointee 3488 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers()); 3489 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee); 3490 // Add qualifiers if necessary. 3491 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp); 3492 // Promote to void*. 3493 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 3494 return destType; 3495 } 3496 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) { 3497 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 3498 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 3499 QualType destPointee 3500 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers()); 3501 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee); 3502 // Add qualifiers if necessary. 3503 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp); 3504 // Promote to void*. 3505 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 3506 return destType; 3507 } 3508 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6). 3509 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) { 3510 // get the "pointed to" types 3511 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 3512 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 3513 3514 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6) 3515 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) { 3516 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6) 3517 QualType destPointee 3518 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers()); 3519 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee); 3520 // Add qualifiers if necessary. 3521 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp); 3522 // Promote to void*. 3523 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 3524 return destType; 3525 } 3526 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) { 3527 QualType destPointee 3528 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers()); 3529 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee); 3530 // Add qualifiers if necessary. 3531 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp); 3532 // Promote to void*. 3533 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 3534 return destType; 3535 } 3536 3537 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) { 3538 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible. 3539 return LHSTy; 3540 } 3541 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(), 3542 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) { 3543 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers) 3544 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange(); 3545 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good 3546 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick 3547 // to get a consistent AST. 3548 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy); 3549 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 3550 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 3551 return incompatTy; 3552 } 3553 // The pointer types are compatible. 3554 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to 3555 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is 3556 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite* 3557 // type. 3558 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type. 3559 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers 3560 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 3561 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 3562 return LHSTy; 3563 } 3564 3565 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch. 3566 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) { 3567 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch) 3568 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange(); 3569 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer); 3570 return RHSTy; 3571 } 3572 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) { 3573 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch) 3574 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange(); 3575 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer); 3576 return LHSTy; 3577 } 3578 3579 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible. 3580 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) 3581 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange(); 3582 return QualType(); 3583} 3584 3585/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 3586/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 3587Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 3588 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3589 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS, 3590 ExprArg RHS) { 3591 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get(); 3592 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get(); 3593 3594 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS 3595 // was the condition. 3596 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0; 3597 if (isLHSNull) 3598 LHSExpr = CondExpr; 3599 3600 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr, 3601 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc); 3602 if (result.isNull()) 3603 return ExprError(); 3604 3605 Cond.release(); 3606 LHS.release(); 3607 RHS.release(); 3608 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc, 3609 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr, 3610 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result)); 3611} 3612 3613// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite 3614// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this 3615// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee. 3616// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3]. 3617// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment. 3618Sema::AssignConvertType 3619Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) { 3620 QualType lhptee, rhptee; 3621 3622 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() && 3623 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) || 3624 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() && 3625 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) { 3626 return Compatible; 3627 } 3628 3629 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level) 3630 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 3631 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 3632 3633 // make sure we operate on the canonical type 3634 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee); 3635 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee); 3636 3637 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible; 3638 3639 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints 3640 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the 3641 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right; 3642 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType 3643 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee)) 3644 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers; 3645 3646 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or 3647 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified 3648 // version of void... 3649 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) { 3650 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) 3651 return ConvTy; 3652 3653 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer. 3654 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType()); 3655 return FunctionVoidPointer; 3656 } 3657 3658 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) { 3659 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) 3660 return ConvTy; 3661 3662 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer. 3663 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType()); 3664 return FunctionVoidPointer; 3665 } 3666 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or 3667 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ... 3668 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(); 3669 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType(); 3670 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) { 3671 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign. 3672 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs 3673 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned. 3674 if (lhptee->isCharType()) 3675 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 3676 else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) 3677 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee); 3678 3679 if (rhptee->isCharType()) 3680 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 3681 else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) 3682 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee); 3683 3684 if (lhptee == rhptee) { 3685 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility 3686 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign 3687 // warning can be disabled. 3688 if (ConvTy != Compatible) 3689 return ConvTy; 3690 return IncompatiblePointerSign; 3691 } 3692 3693 // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply 3694 // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If 3695 // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same 3696 // level of indirection, this must be the issue. 3697 if (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType()) { 3698 do { 3699 lhptee = lhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 3700 rhptee = rhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 3701 3702 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee); 3703 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee); 3704 } while (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType()); 3705 3706 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee)) 3707 return IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers; 3708 } 3709 3710 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers. 3711 return IncompatiblePointer; 3712 } 3713 return ConvTy; 3714} 3715 3716/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two 3717/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer 3718/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer 3719// types. 3720Sema::AssignConvertType 3721Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, 3722 QualType rhsType) { 3723 QualType lhptee, rhptee; 3724 3725 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level) 3726 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 3727 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 3728 3729 // make sure we operate on the canonical type 3730 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee); 3731 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee); 3732 3733 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible; 3734 3735 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical. 3736 if (lhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers()) 3737 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers; 3738 3739 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) 3740 return IncompatibleBlockPointer; 3741 return ConvTy; 3742} 3743 3744/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently 3745/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking 3746/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings: 3747/// 3748/// int a, *pint; 3749/// short *pshort; 3750/// struct foo *pfoo; 3751/// 3752/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type 3753/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast 3754/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast 3755/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type 3756/// 3757/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the 3758/// C99 spec dictates. 3759/// 3760Sema::AssignConvertType 3761Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) { 3762 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing 3763 // them. 3764 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType(); 3765 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType(); 3766 3767 if (lhsType == rhsType) 3768 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match. 3769 3770 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() && 3771 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) || 3772 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() && 3773 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) { 3774 return Compatible; 3775 } 3776 3777 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a 3778 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C, 3779 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case, 3780 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the 3781 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting 3782 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference 3783 // type. 3784 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 3785 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType)) 3786 return Compatible; 3787 return Incompatible; 3788 } 3789 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type 3790 // to the same ExtVector type. 3791 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) { 3792 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) 3793 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible; 3794 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType()) 3795 return Compatible; 3796 } 3797 3798 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) { 3799 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both 3800 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast; 3801 // no bits are changed but the result type is different. 3802 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions && 3803 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) { 3804 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType)) 3805 return IncompatibleVectors; 3806 } 3807 return Incompatible; 3808 } 3809 3810 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType()) 3811 return Compatible; 3812 3813 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) { 3814 if (rhsType->isIntegerType()) 3815 return IntToPointer; 3816 3817 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) 3818 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType); 3819 3820 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers. 3821 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) { 3822 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule. 3823 return Compatible; 3824 return IncompatiblePointer; 3825 } 3826 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) { 3827 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) 3828 return Compatible; 3829 3830 // Treat block pointers as objects. 3831 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType()) 3832 return Compatible; 3833 } 3834 return Incompatible; 3835 } 3836 3837 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) { 3838 if (rhsType->isIntegerType()) 3839 return IntToBlockPointer; 3840 3841 // Treat block pointers as objects. 3842 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType()) 3843 return Compatible; 3844 3845 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType()) 3846 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType); 3847 3848 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) { 3849 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) 3850 return Compatible; 3851 } 3852 return Incompatible; 3853 } 3854 3855 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) { 3856 if (rhsType->isIntegerType()) 3857 return IntToPointer; 3858 3859 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers. 3860 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) { 3861 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule. 3862 return Compatible; 3863 return IncompatiblePointer; 3864 } 3865 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3866 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType()) 3867 return Compatible; 3868 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType)) 3869 return Compatible; 3870 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 3871 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId; 3872 return IncompatiblePointer; 3873 } 3874 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) { 3875 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) 3876 return Compatible; 3877 } 3878 // Treat block pointers as objects. 3879 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType()) 3880 return Compatible; 3881 return Incompatible; 3882 } 3883 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) { 3884 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer. 3885 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy) 3886 return Compatible; 3887 3888 if (lhsType->isIntegerType()) 3889 return PointerToInt; 3890 3891 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) 3892 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType); 3893 3894 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) && 3895 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) 3896 return Compatible; 3897 return Incompatible; 3898 } 3899 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) { 3900 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer. 3901 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy) 3902 return Compatible; 3903 3904 if (lhsType->isIntegerType()) 3905 return PointerToInt; 3906 3907 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers. 3908 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) { 3909 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule. 3910 return Compatible; 3911 return IncompatiblePointer; 3912 } 3913 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) && 3914 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) 3915 return Compatible; 3916 return Incompatible; 3917 } 3918 3919 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) { 3920 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType)) 3921 return Compatible; 3922 } 3923 return Incompatible; 3924} 3925 3926/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is 3927/// used to initialize the transparent union. 3928static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E, 3929 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) { 3930 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member 3931 // of the transparent union. 3932 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(), 3933 &E, 1, 3934 SourceLocation()); 3935 Initializer->setType(UnionType); 3936 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field); 3937 3938 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent 3939 // union type from this initializer list. 3940 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer, 3941 false); 3942} 3943 3944Sema::AssignConvertType 3945Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) { 3946 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType(); 3947 3948 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential 3949 // transparent_union GCC extension. 3950 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType(); 3951 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) 3952 return Incompatible; 3953 3954 // The field to initialize within the transparent union. 3955 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); 3956 FieldDecl *InitField = 0; 3957 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields. 3958 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(), 3959 itend = UD->field_end(); 3960 it != itend; ++it) { 3961 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) { 3962 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow: 3963 // 1) void pointer 3964 // 2) null pointer constant 3965 if (FromType->isPointerType()) 3966 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) { 3967 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 3968 InitField = *it; 3969 break; 3970 } 3971 3972 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context, 3973 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 3974 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer); 3975 InitField = *it; 3976 break; 3977 } 3978 } 3979 3980 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType()) 3981 == Compatible) { 3982 InitField = *it; 3983 break; 3984 } 3985 } 3986 3987 if (!InitField) 3988 return Incompatible; 3989 3990 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField); 3991 return Compatible; 3992} 3993 3994Sema::AssignConvertType 3995Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) { 3996 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3997 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) { 3998 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the 3999 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the 4000 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand. 4001 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(), 4002 "assigning")) 4003 return Incompatible; 4004 return Compatible; 4005 } 4006 4007 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C 4008 // structures. 4009 } 4010 4011 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is 4012 // a null pointer constant. 4013 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() || 4014 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 4015 lhsType->isBlockPointerType()) 4016 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context, 4017 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 4018 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown); 4019 return Compatible; 4020 } 4021 4022 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper 4023 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all 4024 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary 4025 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof). 4026 // 4027 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5. 4028 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType()) 4029 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr); 4030 4031 Sema::AssignConvertType result = 4032 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType()); 4033 4034 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the 4035 // type of the assignment expression. 4036 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference, 4037 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C. 4038 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression 4039 // does not have reference type. 4040 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType) 4041 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType(), 4042 CastExpr::CK_Unknown); 4043 return result; 4044} 4045 4046QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) { 4047 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands) 4048 << lex->getType() << rex->getType() 4049 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); 4050 return QualType(); 4051} 4052 4053inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, 4054 Expr *&rex) { 4055 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers. 4056 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent. 4057 QualType lhsType = 4058 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType(); 4059 QualType rhsType = 4060 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType(); 4061 4062 // If the vector types are identical, return. 4063 if (lhsType == rhsType) 4064 return lhsType; 4065 4066 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element 4067 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday. 4068 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) { 4069 // FIXME: Should we warn here? 4070 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) { 4071 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) 4072 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() && 4073 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) { 4074 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType; 4075 } 4076 } 4077 } 4078 4079 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can 4080 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance. 4081 bool swapped = false; 4082 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) { 4083 swapped = true; 4084 std::swap(rex, lex); 4085 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType); 4086 } 4087 4088 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar. 4089 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) { 4090 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType(); 4091 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) { 4092 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) { 4093 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast); 4094 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex); 4095 return lhsType; 4096 } 4097 } 4098 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() && 4099 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) { 4100 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) { 4101 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast); 4102 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex); 4103 return lhsType; 4104 } 4105 } 4106 } 4107 4108 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors. 4109 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable) 4110 << lex->getType() << rex->getType() 4111 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); 4112 return QualType(); 4113} 4114 4115inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( 4116 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) { 4117 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) 4118 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex); 4119 4120 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign); 4121 4122 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) 4123 return compType; 4124 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex); 4125} 4126 4127inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands( 4128 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) { 4129 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) { 4130 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) 4131 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex); 4132 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex); 4133 } 4134 4135 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign); 4136 4137 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) 4138 return compType; 4139 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex); 4140} 4141 4142inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 4143 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) { 4144 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) { 4145 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex); 4146 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType; 4147 return compType; 4148 } 4149 4150 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy); 4151 4152 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic). 4153 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && 4154 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) { 4155 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType; 4156 return compType; 4157 } 4158 4159 // Put any potential pointer into PExp 4160 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex; 4161 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) 4162 std::swap(PExp, IExp); 4163 4164 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) { 4165 4166 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) { 4167 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType(); 4168 4169 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types. 4170 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) { 4171 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4172 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type) 4173 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); 4174 return QualType(); 4175 } 4176 4177 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void 4178 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) 4179 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); 4180 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) { 4181 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4182 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type) 4183 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange(); 4184 return QualType(); 4185 } 4186 4187 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function 4188 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith) 4189 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange(); 4190 } else { 4191 // Check if we require a complete type. 4192 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() && 4193 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) || 4194 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) && 4195 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy, 4196 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type) 4197 << PExp->getSourceRange() 4198 << PExp->getType())) 4199 return QualType(); 4200 } 4201 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts. 4202 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) { 4203 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface) 4204 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange(); 4205 return QualType(); 4206 } 4207 4208 if (CompLHSTy) { 4209 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex); 4210 if (LHSTy.isNull()) { 4211 LHSTy = lex->getType(); 4212 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType()) 4213 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy); 4214 } 4215 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy; 4216 } 4217 return PExp->getType(); 4218 } 4219 } 4220 4221 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex); 4222} 4223 4224// C99 6.5.6 4225QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, 4226 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) { 4227 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) { 4228 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex); 4229 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType; 4230 return compType; 4231 } 4232 4233 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy); 4234 4235 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3. 4236 4237 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic). 4238 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() 4239 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) { 4240 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType; 4241 return compType; 4242 } 4243 4244 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr. 4245 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) { 4246 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType(); 4247 4248 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type. 4249 4250 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false; 4251 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0; 4252 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) { 4253 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4254 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type) 4255 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); 4256 return QualType(); 4257 } 4258 4259 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void 4260 ComplainAboutVoid = true; 4261 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) { 4262 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4263 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type) 4264 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange(); 4265 return QualType(); 4266 } 4267 4268 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function 4269 ComplainAboutFunc = lex; 4270 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() && 4271 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee, 4272 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object) 4273 << lex->getSourceRange() 4274 << lex->getType())) 4275 return QualType(); 4276 4277 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts. 4278 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) { 4279 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface) 4280 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange(); 4281 return QualType(); 4282 } 4283 4284 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type. 4285 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) { 4286 if (ComplainAboutVoid) 4287 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) 4288 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); 4289 if (ComplainAboutFunc) 4290 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith) 4291 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType() 4292 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange(); 4293 4294 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType(); 4295 return lex->getType(); 4296 } 4297 4298 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions. 4299 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) { 4300 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType(); 4301 4302 // RHS must be a completely-type object type. 4303 // Handle the GNU void* extension. 4304 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) { 4305 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4306 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type) 4307 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); 4308 return QualType(); 4309 } 4310 4311 ComplainAboutVoid = true; 4312 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) { 4313 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4314 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type) 4315 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange(); 4316 return QualType(); 4317 } 4318 4319 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function 4320 if (!ComplainAboutFunc) 4321 ComplainAboutFunc = rex; 4322 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() && 4323 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee, 4324 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object) 4325 << rex->getSourceRange() 4326 << rex->getType())) 4327 return QualType(); 4328 4329 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4330 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add] 4331 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) { 4332 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible) 4333 << lex->getType() << rex->getType() 4334 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); 4335 return QualType(); 4336 } 4337 } else { 4338 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3 4339 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible( 4340 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(), 4341 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) { 4342 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible) 4343 << lex->getType() << rex->getType() 4344 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); 4345 return QualType(); 4346 } 4347 } 4348 4349 if (ComplainAboutVoid) 4350 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) 4351 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); 4352 if (ComplainAboutFunc) 4353 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith) 4354 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType() 4355 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange(); 4356 4357 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType(); 4358 return Context.getPointerDiffType(); 4359 } 4360 } 4361 4362 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex); 4363} 4364 4365// C99 6.5.7 4366QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, 4367 bool isCompAssign) { 4368 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type. 4369 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) 4370 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex); 4371 4372 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type. 4373 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) 4374 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex); 4375 4376 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer 4377 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3 4378 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex); 4379 if (LHSTy.isNull()) { 4380 LHSTy = lex->getType(); 4381 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType()) 4382 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy); 4383 } 4384 if (!isCompAssign) 4385 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast); 4386 4387 UsualUnaryConversions(rex); 4388 4389 // Sanity-check shift operands 4390 llvm::APSInt Right; 4391 // Check right/shifter operand 4392 if (!rex->isValueDependent() && 4393 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) { 4394 if (Right.isNegative()) 4395 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange(); 4396 else { 4397 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(), 4398 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType())); 4399 if (Right.uge(LeftBits)) 4400 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange(); 4401 } 4402 } 4403 4404 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand." 4405 return LHSTy; 4406} 4407 4408/// \brief Implements -Wsign-compare. 4409/// 4410/// \param lex the left-hand expression 4411/// \param rex the right-hand expression 4412/// \param OpLoc the location of the joining operator 4413/// \param Equality whether this is an "equality-like" join, which 4414/// suppresses the warning in some cases 4415void Sema::CheckSignCompare(Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc, 4416 const PartialDiagnostic &PD, bool Equality) { 4417 // Don't warn if we're in an unevaluated context. 4418 if (ExprEvalContext == Unevaluated) 4419 return; 4420 4421 QualType lt = lex->getType(), rt = rex->getType(); 4422 4423 // Only warn if both operands are integral. 4424 if (!lt->isIntegerType() || !rt->isIntegerType()) 4425 return; 4426 4427 // If either expression is value-dependent, don't warn. We'll get another 4428 // chance at instantiation time. 4429 if (lex->isValueDependent() || rex->isValueDependent()) 4430 return; 4431 4432 // The rule is that the signed operand becomes unsigned, so isolate the 4433 // signed operand. 4434 Expr *signedOperand, *unsignedOperand; 4435 if (lt->isSignedIntegerType()) { 4436 if (rt->isSignedIntegerType()) return; 4437 signedOperand = lex; 4438 unsignedOperand = rex; 4439 } else { 4440 if (!rt->isSignedIntegerType()) return; 4441 signedOperand = rex; 4442 unsignedOperand = lex; 4443 } 4444 4445 // If the unsigned type is strictly smaller than the signed type, 4446 // then (1) the result type will be signed and (2) the unsigned 4447 // value will fit fully within the signed type, and thus the result 4448 // of the comparison will be exact. 4449 if (Context.getIntWidth(signedOperand->getType()) > 4450 Context.getIntWidth(unsignedOperand->getType())) 4451 return; 4452 4453 // If the value is a non-negative integer constant, then the 4454 // signed->unsigned conversion won't change it. 4455 llvm::APSInt value; 4456 if (signedOperand->isIntegerConstantExpr(value, Context)) { 4457 assert(value.isSigned() && "result of signed expression not signed"); 4458 4459 if (value.isNonNegative()) 4460 return; 4461 } 4462 4463 if (Equality) { 4464 // For (in)equality comparisons, if the unsigned operand is a 4465 // constant which cannot collide with a overflowed signed operand, 4466 // then reinterpreting the signed operand as unsigned will not 4467 // change the result of the comparison. 4468 if (unsignedOperand->isIntegerConstantExpr(value, Context)) { 4469 assert(!value.isSigned() && "result of unsigned expression is signed"); 4470 4471 // 2's complement: test the top bit. 4472 if (value.isNonNegative()) 4473 return; 4474 } 4475 } 4476 4477 Diag(OpLoc, PD) 4478 << lex->getType() << rex->getType() 4479 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); 4480} 4481 4482// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel] 4483QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, 4484 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) { 4485 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc; 4486 4487 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) 4488 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational); 4489 4490 CheckSignCompare(lex, rex, Loc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_comparison, 4491 (Opc == BinaryOperator::EQ || Opc == BinaryOperator::NE)); 4492 4493 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4 4494 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) 4495 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex); 4496 else { 4497 UsualUnaryConversions(lex); 4498 UsualUnaryConversions(rex); 4499 } 4500 QualType lType = lex->getType(); 4501 QualType rType = rex->getType(); 4502 4503 if (!lType->isFloatingType() 4504 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) { 4505 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form 4506 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and 4507 // often indicate logic errors in the program. 4508 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise 4509 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate. 4510 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens(); 4511 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens(); 4512 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped)) 4513 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped)) 4514 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() && 4515 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl())) 4516 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison); 4517 4518 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped)) 4519 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts(); 4520 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped)) 4521 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts(); 4522 4523 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other 4524 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp. 4525 Expr *literalString = 0; 4526 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0; 4527 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) && 4528 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context, 4529 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 4530 literalString = lex; 4531 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped; 4532 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) || 4533 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) && 4534 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context, 4535 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 4536 literalString = rex; 4537 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped; 4538 } 4539 4540 if (literalString) { 4541 std::string resultComparison; 4542 switch (Opc) { 4543 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break; 4544 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break; 4545 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break; 4546 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break; 4547 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break; 4548 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break; 4549 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator"); 4550 } 4551 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare) 4552 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped) 4553 << literalString->getSourceRange() 4554 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ") 4555 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(), 4556 "strcmp(") 4557 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion( 4558 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()), 4559 resultComparison); 4560 } 4561 } 4562 4563 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C. 4564 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy; 4565 4566 if (isRelational) { 4567 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType()) 4568 return ResultTy; 4569 } else { 4570 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==. 4571 if (lType->isFloatingType()) { 4572 assert(rType->isFloatingType()); 4573 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex); 4574 } 4575 4576 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType()) 4577 return ResultTy; 4578 } 4579 4580 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context, 4581 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull); 4582 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context, 4583 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull); 4584 4585 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except 4586 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them 4587 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled). 4588 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2 4589 QualType LCanPointeeTy = 4590 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); 4591 QualType RCanPointeeTy = 4592 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); 4593 4594 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4595 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy) 4596 return ResultTy; 4597 4598 // C++ [expr.rel]p2: 4599 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification 4600 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on 4601 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring 4602 // them to their composite pointer type. [...] 4603 // 4604 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality 4605 // comparisons of pointers. 4606 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex); 4607 if (T.isNull()) { 4608 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers) 4609 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); 4610 return QualType(); 4611 } 4612 4613 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 4614 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 4615 return ResultTy; 4616 } 4617 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2 4618 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(), 4619 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) { 4620 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers 4621 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) { 4622 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers) 4623 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); 4624 } 4625 } else if (!isRelational && 4626 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) { 4627 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer 4628 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) 4629 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) { 4630 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void) 4631 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); 4632 } 4633 } else { 4634 // Invalid 4635 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers) 4636 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); 4637 } 4638 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy) 4639 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 4640 return ResultTy; 4641 } 4642 4643 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4644 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality 4645 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants. 4646 if (RHSIsNull && 4647 (lType->isPointerType() || 4648 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) { 4649 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer); 4650 return ResultTy; 4651 } 4652 if (LHSIsNull && 4653 (rType->isPointerType() || 4654 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) { 4655 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer); 4656 return ResultTy; 4657 } 4658 4659 // Comparison of member pointers. 4660 if (!isRelational && 4661 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) { 4662 // C++ [expr.eq]p2: 4663 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to 4664 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions 4665 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring 4666 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant, 4667 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the 4668 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type 4669 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4) 4670 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand 4671 // types. 4672 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex); 4673 if (T.isNull()) { 4674 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers) 4675 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); 4676 return QualType(); 4677 } 4678 4679 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 4680 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 4681 return ResultTy; 4682 } 4683 4684 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself. 4685 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType()) 4686 return ResultTy; 4687 } 4688 4689 // Handle block pointer types. 4690 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) { 4691 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 4692 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 4693 4694 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && 4695 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) { 4696 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks) 4697 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); 4698 } 4699 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 4700 return ResultTy; 4701 } 4702 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants. 4703 if (!isRelational 4704 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) 4705 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) { 4706 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) { 4707 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>() 4708 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) 4709 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>() 4710 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()))) 4711 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks) 4712 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); 4713 } 4714 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 4715 return ResultTy; 4716 } 4717 4718 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) { 4719 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) { 4720 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>(); 4721 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>(); 4722 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ? 4723 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false; 4724 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ? 4725 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false; 4726 4727 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid && 4728 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) { 4729 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers) 4730 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); 4731 } 4732 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 4733 return ResultTy; 4734 } 4735 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 4736 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) 4737 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers) 4738 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); 4739 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 4740 return ResultTy; 4741 } 4742 } 4743 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) { 4744 unsigned DiagID = 0; 4745 if (RHSIsNull) { 4746 if (isRelational) 4747 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero; 4748 } else if (isRelational) 4749 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer; 4750 else 4751 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer; 4752 4753 if (DiagID) { 4754 Diag(Loc, DiagID) 4755 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); 4756 } 4757 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer); 4758 return ResultTy; 4759 } 4760 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) { 4761 unsigned DiagID = 0; 4762 if (LHSIsNull) { 4763 if (isRelational) 4764 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero; 4765 } else if (isRelational) 4766 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer; 4767 else 4768 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer; 4769 4770 if (DiagID) { 4771 Diag(Loc, DiagID) 4772 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); 4773 } 4774 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer); 4775 return ResultTy; 4776 } 4777 // Handle block pointers. 4778 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull 4779 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) { 4780 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer); 4781 return ResultTy; 4782 } 4783 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull 4784 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) { 4785 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer); 4786 return ResultTy; 4787 } 4788 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex); 4789} 4790 4791/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that 4792/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result, 4793/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer 4794/// types. 4795QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, 4796 SourceLocation Loc, 4797 bool isRelational) { 4798 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width, 4799 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type. 4800 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex); 4801 if (vType.isNull()) 4802 return vType; 4803 4804 QualType lType = lex->getType(); 4805 QualType rType = rex->getType(); 4806 4807 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form 4808 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and 4809 // often indicate logic errors in the program. 4810 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) { 4811 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens())) 4812 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens())) 4813 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl()) 4814 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison); 4815 } 4816 4817 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==. 4818 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) { 4819 assert (rType->isFloatingType()); 4820 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex); 4821 } 4822 4823 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for 4824 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of 4825 // elements for floating point vectors. 4826 if (lType->isIntegerType()) 4827 return lType; 4828 4829 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>(); 4830 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType()); 4831 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy)) 4832 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements()); 4833 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy)) 4834 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements()); 4835 4836 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) && 4837 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare"); 4838 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements()); 4839} 4840 4841inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands( 4842 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) { 4843 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) 4844 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex); 4845 4846 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign); 4847 4848 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) 4849 return compType; 4850 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex); 4851} 4852 4853inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 4854 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) { 4855 if (!Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4856 UsualUnaryConversions(lex); 4857 UsualUnaryConversions(rex); 4858 4859 if (!lex->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex->getType()->isScalarType()) 4860 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex); 4861 4862 return Context.IntTy; 4863 } 4864 4865 // C++ [expr.log.and]p1 4866 // C++ [expr.log.or]p1 4867 // The operands are both implicitly converted to type bool (clause 4). 4868 StandardConversionSequence LHS; 4869 if (!IsStandardConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy, 4870 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, LHS)) 4871 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex); 4872 4873 if (PerformImplicitConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy, LHS, 4874 "passing", /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false)) 4875 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex); 4876 4877 StandardConversionSequence RHS; 4878 if (!IsStandardConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy, 4879 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, RHS)) 4880 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex); 4881 4882 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy, RHS, 4883 "passing", /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false)) 4884 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex); 4885 4886 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2 4887 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2 4888 // The result is a bool. 4889 return Context.BoolTy; 4890} 4891 4892/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression 4893/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression 4894/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially. 4895/// 4896static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) { 4897 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) { 4898 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E); 4899 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) { 4900 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType(); 4901 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 4902 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) 4903 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl()) 4904 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace)) 4905 return true; 4906 } 4907 } 4908 return false; 4909} 4910 4911/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not, 4912/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false. 4913static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) { 4914 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc; 4915 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context, 4916 &Loc); 4917 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S)) 4918 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty; 4919 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid) 4920 return false; 4921 4922 unsigned Diag = 0; 4923 bool NeedType = false; 4924 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2 4925 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!"); 4926 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break; 4927 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType: 4928 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue; 4929 NeedType = true; 4930 break; 4931 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType: 4932 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue; 4933 NeedType = true; 4934 break; 4935 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast: 4936 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported; 4937 break; 4938 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression: 4939 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue; 4940 break; 4941 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType: 4942 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType: 4943 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(), 4944 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue) 4945 << E->getSourceRange()); 4946 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents: 4947 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue; 4948 break; 4949 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified: 4950 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue; 4951 break; 4952 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty: 4953 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment; 4954 break; 4955 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty: 4956 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment; 4957 break; 4958 } 4959 4960 SourceRange Assign; 4961 if (Loc != OrigLoc) 4962 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc); 4963 if (NeedType) 4964 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign; 4965 else 4966 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign; 4967 return true; 4968} 4969 4970 4971 4972// C99 6.5.16.1 4973QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, 4974 SourceLocation Loc, 4975 QualType CompoundType) { 4976 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not. 4977 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this)) 4978 return QualType(); 4979 4980 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType(); 4981 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType; 4982 4983 AssignConvertType ConvTy; 4984 if (CompoundType.isNull()) { 4985 // Simple assignment "x = y". 4986 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS); 4987 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types. 4988 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer && 4989 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) && 4990 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) || 4991 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) && 4992 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()))) 4993 ConvTy = Compatible; 4994 4995 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are 4996 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4" 4997 // instead of "x += 4". 4998 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS; 4999 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck)) 5000 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr(); 5001 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) { 5002 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus || 5003 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) && 5004 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() && 5005 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent. 5006 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() && 5007 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the 5008 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1". 5009 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() && 5010 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) { 5011 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign) 5012 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-") 5013 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc()); 5014 } 5015 } 5016 } else { 5017 // Compound assignment "x += y" 5018 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType); 5019 } 5020 5021 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType, 5022 RHS, "assigning")) 5023 return QualType(); 5024 5025 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the 5026 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case 5027 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand. 5028 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand 5029 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above). 5030 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left 5031 // operand. 5032 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(); 5033} 5034 5035// C99 6.5.17 5036QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) { 5037 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions. 5038 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS); 5039 5040 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be 5041 // incomplete in C++). 5042 5043 return RHS->getType(); 5044} 5045 5046/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine 5047/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions. 5048QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc, 5049 bool isInc) { 5050 if (Op->isTypeDependent()) 5051 return Context.DependentTy; 5052 5053 QualType ResType = Op->getType(); 5054 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression"); 5055 5056 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) { 5057 // Decrement of bool is not allowed. 5058 if (!isInc) { 5059 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange(); 5060 return QualType(); 5061 } 5062 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated. 5063 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange(); 5064 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) { 5065 // OK! 5066 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) { 5067 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType(); 5068 5069 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2 5070 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) { 5071 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5072 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type) 5073 << Op->getSourceRange(); 5074 return QualType(); 5075 } 5076 5077 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C. 5078 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange(); 5079 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) { 5080 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5081 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type) 5082 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange(); 5083 return QualType(); 5084 } 5085 5086 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith) 5087 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange(); 5088 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy, 5089 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type) 5090 << Op->getSourceRange() 5091 << ResType)) 5092 return QualType(); 5093 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts. 5094 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) { 5095 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface) 5096 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange(); 5097 return QualType(); 5098 } 5099 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) { 5100 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension. 5101 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex) 5102 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange(); 5103 } else { 5104 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement) 5105 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange(); 5106 return QualType(); 5107 } 5108 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type. 5109 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue. 5110 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this)) 5111 return QualType(); 5112 return ResType; 5113} 5114 5115/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand(). 5116/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions 5117/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to 5118/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator 5119/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples: 5120/// - &(x) => x 5121/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator. 5122/// - &s.xx => s 5123/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array 5124/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array 5125/// - &"123"[2] -> 0 5126/// - & __real__ x -> x 5127static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) { 5128 switch (E->getStmtClass()) { 5129 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: 5130 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl(); 5131 case Stmt::MemberExprClass: 5132 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from 5133 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is 5134 // irrelevant. 5135 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow()) 5136 return 0; 5137 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base 5138 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase()); 5139 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: { 5140 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit 5141 // promotion of register arrays earlier. 5142 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase(); 5143 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) { 5144 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType()) 5145 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr()); 5146 } 5147 return 0; 5148 } 5149 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: { 5150 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E); 5151 5152 switch(UO->getOpcode()) { 5153 case UnaryOperator::Real: 5154 case UnaryOperator::Imag: 5155 case UnaryOperator::Extension: 5156 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr()); 5157 default: 5158 return 0; 5159 } 5160 } 5161 case Stmt::ParenExprClass: 5162 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr()); 5163 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: 5164 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about 5165 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter. 5166 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr()); 5167 default: 5168 return 0; 5169 } 5170} 5171 5172/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function 5173/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the 5174/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field. 5175/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the & 5176/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue. 5177/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case 5178/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type. 5179QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) { 5180 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks 5181 op = op->IgnoreParens(); 5182 5183 if (op->isTypeDependent()) 5184 return Context.DependentTy; 5185 5186 if (getLangOptions().C99) { 5187 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules. 5188 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) { 5189 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref) 5190 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result 5191 // (assuming the deref expression is valid). 5192 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType(); 5193 } 5194 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript 5195 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway. 5196 } 5197 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op); 5198 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context); 5199 5200 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) { 5201 // C99 6.5.3.2p1 5202 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator 5203 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) { 5204 // FIXME: emit more specific diag... 5205 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof) 5206 << op->getSourceRange(); 5207 return QualType(); 5208 } 5209 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1 5210 // The operand cannot be a bit-field 5211 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of) 5212 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange(); 5213 return QualType(); 5214 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) && 5215 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){ 5216 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector 5217 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of) 5218 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange(); 5219 return QualType(); 5220 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) { 5221 // cannot take address of a property expression. 5222 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of) 5223 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange(); 5224 return QualType(); 5225 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) { 5226 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here? 5227 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull()) 5228 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc); 5229 } else if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(op)) { 5230 return Context.OverloadTy; 5231 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1 5232 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared 5233 // with the register storage-class specifier. 5234 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) { 5235 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) { 5236 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of) 5237 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange(); 5238 return QualType(); 5239 } 5240 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 5241 return Context.OverloadTy; 5242 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) { 5243 // Okay: we can take the address of a field. 5244 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit 5245 // scope qualifier for the class. 5246 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) { 5247 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext(); 5248 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) { 5249 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 5250 Diag(OpLoc, 5251 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type) 5252 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 5253 return QualType(); 5254 } 5255 5256 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(), 5257 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr()); 5258 } 5259 } 5260 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 5261 // Okay: we can take the address of a function. 5262 // As above. 5263 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier() && 5264 MD->isInstance()) 5265 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(), 5266 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr()); 5267 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) 5268 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type"); 5269 } 5270 5271 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) { 5272 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we 5273 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid. 5274 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;". 5275 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange(); 5276 } 5277 5278 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type". 5279 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType()); 5280} 5281 5282QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) { 5283 if (Op->isTypeDependent()) 5284 return Context.DependentTy; 5285 5286 UsualUnaryConversions(Op); 5287 QualType Ty = Op->getType(); 5288 5289 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an 5290 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing 5291 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is 5292 // unlikely to catch any mistakes. 5293 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) 5294 return PT->getPointeeType(); 5295 5296 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) 5297 return OPT->getPointeeType(); 5298 5299 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer) 5300 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange(); 5301 return QualType(); 5302} 5303 5304static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode( 5305 tok::TokenKind Kind) { 5306 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc; 5307 switch (Kind) { 5308 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!"); 5309 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break; 5310 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break; 5311 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break; 5312 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break; 5313 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break; 5314 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break; 5315 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break; 5316 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break; 5317 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break; 5318 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break; 5319 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break; 5320 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break; 5321 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break; 5322 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break; 5323 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break; 5324 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break; 5325 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break; 5326 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break; 5327 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break; 5328 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break; 5329 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break; 5330 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break; 5331 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break; 5332 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break; 5333 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break; 5334 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break; 5335 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break; 5336 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break; 5337 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break; 5338 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break; 5339 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break; 5340 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break; 5341 } 5342 return Opc; 5343} 5344 5345static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode( 5346 tok::TokenKind Kind) { 5347 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc; 5348 switch (Kind) { 5349 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!"); 5350 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break; 5351 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break; 5352 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break; 5353 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break; 5354 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break; 5355 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break; 5356 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break; 5357 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break; 5358 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break; 5359 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break; 5360 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break; 5361 } 5362 return Opc; 5363} 5364 5365/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with 5366/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports 5367/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators. 5368Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 5369 unsigned Op, 5370 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) { 5371 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator. 5372 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op; 5373 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators 5374 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation 5375 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result 5376 5377 switch (Opc) { 5378 case BinaryOperator::Assign: 5379 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType()); 5380 break; 5381 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD: 5382 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI: 5383 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, 5384 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI); 5385 break; 5386 case BinaryOperator::Mul: 5387 case BinaryOperator::Div: 5388 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc); 5389 break; 5390 case BinaryOperator::Rem: 5391 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc); 5392 break; 5393 case BinaryOperator::Add: 5394 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc); 5395 break; 5396 case BinaryOperator::Sub: 5397 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc); 5398 break; 5399 case BinaryOperator::Shl: 5400 case BinaryOperator::Shr: 5401 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc); 5402 break; 5403 case BinaryOperator::LE: 5404 case BinaryOperator::LT: 5405 case BinaryOperator::GE: 5406 case BinaryOperator::GT: 5407 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true); 5408 break; 5409 case BinaryOperator::EQ: 5410 case BinaryOperator::NE: 5411 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false); 5412 break; 5413 case BinaryOperator::And: 5414 case BinaryOperator::Xor: 5415 case BinaryOperator::Or: 5416 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc); 5417 break; 5418 case BinaryOperator::LAnd: 5419 case BinaryOperator::LOr: 5420 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc); 5421 break; 5422 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign: 5423 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign: 5424 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true); 5425 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy; 5426 if (!CompResultTy.isNull()) 5427 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy); 5428 break; 5429 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign: 5430 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true); 5431 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy; 5432 if (!CompResultTy.isNull()) 5433 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy); 5434 break; 5435 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign: 5436 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy); 5437 if (!CompResultTy.isNull()) 5438 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy); 5439 break; 5440 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign: 5441 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy); 5442 if (!CompResultTy.isNull()) 5443 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy); 5444 break; 5445 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign: 5446 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign: 5447 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true); 5448 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy; 5449 if (!CompResultTy.isNull()) 5450 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy); 5451 break; 5452 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign: 5453 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign: 5454 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign: 5455 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true); 5456 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy; 5457 if (!CompResultTy.isNull()) 5458 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy); 5459 break; 5460 case BinaryOperator::Comma: 5461 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc); 5462 break; 5463 } 5464 if (ResultTy.isNull()) 5465 return ExprError(); 5466 if (CompResultTy.isNull()) 5467 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc)); 5468 else 5469 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, 5470 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy, 5471 OpLoc)); 5472} 5473 5474/// SuggestParentheses - Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps 5475/// ParenRange in parentheses. 5476static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc, 5477 const PartialDiagnostic &PD, 5478 SourceRange ParenRange) 5479{ 5480 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd()); 5481 if (!ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) { 5482 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the 5483 // warning/error and return. 5484 Self.Diag(Loc, PD); 5485 return; 5486 } 5487 5488 Self.Diag(Loc, PD) 5489 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(") 5490 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")"); 5491} 5492 5493/// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison 5494/// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that 5495/// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of 5496/// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1". 5497static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc, 5498 SourceLocation OpLoc,Expr *lhs,Expr *rhs){ 5499 typedef BinaryOperator BinOp; 5500 BinOp::Opcode lhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1), 5501 rhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1); 5502 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(lhs)) 5503 lhsopc = BO->getOpcode(); 5504 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(rhs)) 5505 rhsopc = BO->getOpcode(); 5506 5507 // Subs are not binary operators. 5508 if (lhsopc == -1 && rhsopc == -1) 5509 return; 5510 5511 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops. 5512 // Don't diagnose this. 5513 if ((BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(lhsopc)) && 5514 (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(rhsopc))) 5515 return; 5516 5517 if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc)) 5518 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc, 5519 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel) 5520 << SourceRange(lhs->getLocStart(), OpLoc) 5521 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc), 5522 SourceRange(cast<BinOp>(lhs)->getRHS()->getLocStart(), rhs->getLocEnd())); 5523 else if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc)) 5524 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc, 5525 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel) 5526 << SourceRange(OpLoc, rhs->getLocEnd()) 5527 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc), 5528 SourceRange(lhs->getLocEnd(), cast<BinOp>(rhs)->getLHS()->getLocStart())); 5529} 5530 5531/// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky 5532/// precedence. This currently diagnoses only "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3". 5533/// But it could also warn about arg1 && arg2 || arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does. 5534static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc, 5535 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs){ 5536 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc)) 5537 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, lhs, rhs); 5538} 5539 5540// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 5541Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 5542 tok::TokenKind Kind, 5543 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) { 5544 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind); 5545 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>(); 5546 5547 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression"); 5548 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression"); 5549 5550 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0" 5551 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, lhs, rhs); 5552 5553 return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs); 5554} 5555 5556Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 5557 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc, 5558 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) { 5559 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 5560 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() || 5561 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) { 5562 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this 5563 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local 5564 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of 5565 // the arguments. 5566 FunctionSet Functions; 5567 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc); 5568 if (OverOp != OO_None) { 5569 if (S) 5570 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(), 5571 Functions); 5572 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs }; 5573 DeclarationName OpName 5574 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp); 5575 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, Args, 2, Functions); 5576 } 5577 5578 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent) 5579 // binary operation. 5580 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs); 5581 } 5582 5583 // Build a built-in binary operation. 5584 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs); 5585} 5586 5587Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 5588 unsigned OpcIn, 5589 ExprArg InputArg) { 5590 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn); 5591 5592 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately. 5593 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get(); 5594 QualType resultType; 5595 switch (Opc) { 5596 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf: 5597 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator"); 5598 break; 5599 5600 case UnaryOperator::PreInc: 5601 case UnaryOperator::PreDec: 5602 case UnaryOperator::PostInc: 5603 case UnaryOperator::PostDec: 5604 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc, 5605 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc || 5606 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc); 5607 break; 5608 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf: 5609 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc); 5610 break; 5611 case UnaryOperator::Deref: 5612 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input); 5613 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc); 5614 break; 5615 case UnaryOperator::Plus: 5616 case UnaryOperator::Minus: 5617 UsualUnaryConversions(Input); 5618 resultType = Input->getType(); 5619 if (resultType->isDependentType()) 5620 break; 5621 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1 5622 break; 5623 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7 5624 resultType->isEnumeralType()) 5625 break; 5626 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6 5627 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus && 5628 resultType->isPointerType()) 5629 break; 5630 5631 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) 5632 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange()); 5633 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement 5634 UsualUnaryConversions(Input); 5635 resultType = Input->getType(); 5636 if (resultType->isDependentType()) 5637 break; 5638 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension. 5639 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType()) 5640 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation. 5641 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex) 5642 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange(); 5643 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType()) 5644 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) 5645 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange()); 5646 break; 5647 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation 5648 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5). 5649 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input); 5650 resultType = Input->getType(); 5651 if (resultType->isDependentType()) 5652 break; 5653 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1 5654 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) 5655 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange()); 5656 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5. 5657 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8 5658 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy; 5659 break; 5660 case UnaryOperator::Real: 5661 case UnaryOperator::Imag: 5662 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real); 5663 break; 5664 case UnaryOperator::Extension: 5665 resultType = Input->getType(); 5666 break; 5667 } 5668 if (resultType.isNull()) 5669 return ExprError(); 5670 5671 InputArg.release(); 5672 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc)); 5673} 5674 5675Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 5676 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc, 5677 ExprArg input) { 5678 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get(); 5679 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() && 5680 Opc != UnaryOperator::Extension) { 5681 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this 5682 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local 5683 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of 5684 // the arguments. 5685 FunctionSet Functions; 5686 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc); 5687 if (OverOp != OO_None) { 5688 if (S) 5689 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(), 5690 Functions); 5691 DeclarationName OpName 5692 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp); 5693 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, &Input, 1, Functions); 5694 } 5695 5696 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input)); 5697 } 5698 5699 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input)); 5700} 5701 5702// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 5703Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 5704 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) { 5705 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), move(input)); 5706} 5707 5708/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 5709Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, 5710 SourceLocation LabLoc, 5711 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) { 5712 // Look up the record for this label identifier. 5713 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII]; 5714 5715 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It 5716 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody. 5717 if (LabelDecl == 0) 5718 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0); 5719 5720 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'. 5721 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl, 5722 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy))); 5723} 5724 5725Sema::OwningExprResult 5726Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt, 5727 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})" 5728 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get()); 5729 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!"); 5730 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt); 5731 5732 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0; 5733 if (isFileScope) 5734 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope)); 5735 5736 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for 5737 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently. 5738 // More semantic analysis is needed. 5739 5740 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one 5741 // as the type of the stmtexpr. 5742 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy; 5743 5744 if (!Compound->body_empty()) { 5745 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back(); 5746 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body. 5747 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt)) 5748 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt(); 5749 5750 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt)) 5751 Ty = LastExpr->getType(); 5752 } 5753 5754 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement 5755 // expressions are not lvalues. 5756 5757 substmt.release(); 5758 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc)); 5759} 5760 5761Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 5762 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 5763 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 5764 TypeTy *argty, 5765 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 5766 unsigned NumComponents, 5767 SourceLocation RPLoc) { 5768 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on 5769 // error. 5770 // FIXME: Preserve type source info. 5771 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty); 5772 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!"); 5773 5774 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType(); 5775 5776 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first 5777 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents 5778 // a struct/union/class. 5779 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType()) 5780 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy); 5781 5782 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable 5783 // with an incomplete type would be illegal. 5784 5785 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process 5786 // the offsetof designators. 5787 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy); 5788 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr); 5789 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref, 5790 ArgTy, SourceLocation()); 5791 5792 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a 5793 // GCC extension, diagnose them. 5794 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in 5795 // a system header! 5796 if (NumComponents != 1) 5797 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator) 5798 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd); 5799 5800 if (!Dependent) { 5801 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false; 5802 5803 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeLoc, Res->getType(), 5804 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type)) 5805 return ExprError(); 5806 5807 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably 5808 // leaks like a sieve. 5809 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) { 5810 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i]; 5811 if (OC.isBrackets) { 5812 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements? 5813 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType()); 5814 if (!AT) { 5815 Res->Destroy(Context); 5816 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type) 5817 << Res->getType()); 5818 } 5819 5820 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded. 5821 5822 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript 5823 // expression. 5824 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res); 5825 5826 // C99 6.5.2.1p1 5827 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E); 5828 // FIXME: Leaks Res 5829 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType()) 5830 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(), 5831 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer) 5832 << Idx->getSourceRange()); 5833 5834 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(), 5835 OC.LocEnd); 5836 continue; 5837 } 5838 5839 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 5840 if (!RC) { 5841 Res->Destroy(Context); 5842 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) 5843 << Res->getType()); 5844 } 5845 5846 // Get the decl corresponding to this. 5847 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl(); 5848 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { 5849 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) { 5850 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type) 5851 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd) 5852 << Res->getType()); 5853 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true; 5854 } 5855 } 5856 5857 LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName); 5858 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD); 5859 5860 FieldDecl *MemberDecl 5861 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(R.getAsSingleDecl(Context)); 5862 // FIXME: Leaks Res 5863 if (!MemberDecl) 5864 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member) 5865 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd)); 5866 5867 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field. 5868 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield. 5869 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 5870 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference( 5871 OC.LocEnd, MemberDecl, Res, OC.LocEnd).takeAs<Expr>(); 5872 } else { 5873 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it 5874 // doesn't matter here. 5875 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd, 5876 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType()); 5877 } 5878 } 5879 } 5880 5881 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf, 5882 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc)); 5883} 5884 5885 5886Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 5887 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2, 5888 SourceLocation RPLoc) { 5889 // FIXME: Preserve type source info. 5890 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1); 5891 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2); 5892 5893 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)"); 5894 5895 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5896 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus) 5897 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc); 5898 return ExprError(); 5899 } 5900 5901 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc, 5902 argT1, argT2, RPLoc)); 5903} 5904 5905Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 5906 ExprArg cond, 5907 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2, 5908 SourceLocation RPLoc) { 5909 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get()); 5910 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get()); 5911 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get()); 5912 5913 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)"); 5914 5915 QualType resType; 5916 bool ValueDependent = false; 5917 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) { 5918 resType = Context.DependentTy; 5919 ValueDependent = true; 5920 } else { 5921 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression. 5922 llvm::APSInt condEval(32); 5923 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 5924 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc)) 5925 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc, 5926 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant) 5927 << CondExpr->getSourceRange()); 5928 5929 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr. 5930 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType(); 5931 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent() 5932 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent(); 5933 } 5934 5935 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release(); 5936 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr, 5937 resType, RPLoc, 5938 resType->isDependentType(), 5939 ValueDependent)); 5940} 5941 5942//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5943// Clang Extensions. 5944//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5945 5946/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started. 5947void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) { 5948 // Analyze block parameters. 5949 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo(); 5950 5951 // Add BSI to CurBlock. 5952 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock; 5953 CurBlock = BSI; 5954 5955 BSI->ReturnType = QualType(); 5956 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope; 5957 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false; 5958 BSI->hasPrototype = false; 5959 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking; 5960 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false; 5961 5962 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc); 5963 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl); 5964} 5965 5966void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) { 5967 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!"); 5968 5969 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0 5970 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) { 5971 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo); 5972 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope); 5973 5974 if (T->isArrayType()) { 5975 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 5976 diag::err_block_returns_array); 5977 return; 5978 } 5979 5980 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume (). 5981 if (!T->isFunctionType()) 5982 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0); 5983 5984 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true; 5985 CurBlock->isVariadic = false; 5986 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block. 5987 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) { 5988 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(), 5989 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1; 5990 // FIXME: remove the attribute. 5991 } 5992 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 5993 5994 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 5995 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) { 5996 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 5997 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy; 5998 return; 5999 } 6000 return; 6001 } 6002 6003 // Analyze arguments to block. 6004 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 6005 "Not a function declarator!"); 6006 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun; 6007 6008 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype; 6009 CurBlock->isVariadic = true; 6010 6011 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes 6012 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument. 6013 if (FTI.hasPrototype && 6014 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 6015 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&& 6016 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) { 6017 // empty arg list, don't push any params. 6018 CurBlock->isVariadic = false; 6019 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) { 6020 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) 6021 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()); 6022 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic; 6023 } 6024 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(), 6025 CurBlock->Params.size()); 6026 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic); 6027 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo); 6028 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(), 6029 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI) 6030 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 6031 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier()) 6032 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope); 6033 6034 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block. 6035 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic && 6036 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) { 6037 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(), 6038 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1; 6039 // FIXME: remove the attribute. 6040 } 6041 6042 // Analyze the return type. 6043 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope); 6044 QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 6045 6046 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 6047 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) { 6048 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 6049 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy; 6050 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType()) 6051 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy; 6052} 6053 6054/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback 6055/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. 6056void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) { 6057 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted. 6058 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock); 6059 6060 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking; 6061 6062 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks. 6063 PopDeclContext(); 6064 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; 6065 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well??? 6066} 6067 6068/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement 6069/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} 6070Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, 6071 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) { 6072 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error. 6073 if (!LangOpts.Blocks) 6074 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable); 6075 6076 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted. 6077 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock); 6078 6079 PopDeclContext(); 6080 6081 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks. 6082 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; 6083 6084 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy; 6085 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull()) 6086 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType; 6087 6088 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes; 6089 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i) 6090 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType()); 6091 6092 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>(); 6093 QualType BlockTy; 6094 if (!BSI->hasPrototype) 6095 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0, 6096 NoReturn); 6097 else 6098 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(), 6099 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0, 6100 NoReturn); 6101 6102 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract 6103 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end()); 6104 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy); 6105 6106 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block. 6107 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking) 6108 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get())); 6109 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking; 6110 6111 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>()); 6112 CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody()); 6113 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy, 6114 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs)); 6115} 6116 6117Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 6118 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type, 6119 SourceLocation RPLoc) { 6120 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type); 6121 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get()); 6122 Expr *OrigExpr = E; 6123 6124 InitBuiltinVaListType(); 6125 6126 // Get the va_list type 6127 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 6128 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) { 6129 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64, 6130 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to 6131 // a pointer for va_arg. 6132 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType); 6133 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately. 6134 UsualUnaryConversions(E); 6135 } else { 6136 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because 6137 // it is modified by va_arg. 6138 if (!E->isTypeDependent() && 6139 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this)) 6140 return ExprError(); 6141 } 6142 6143 if (!E->isTypeDependent() && 6144 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) { 6145 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(), 6146 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list) 6147 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange()); 6148 } 6149 6150 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract 6151 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in. 6152 6153 expr.release(); 6154 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(), 6155 RPLoc)); 6156} 6157 6158Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) { 6159 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of 6160 // pointers on the target. 6161 QualType Ty; 6162 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth()) 6163 Ty = Context.IntTy; 6164 else 6165 Ty = Context.LongTy; 6166 6167 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc)); 6168} 6169 6170static void 6171MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(Sema& SemaRef, 6172 QualType DstType, 6173 Expr *SrcExpr, 6174 CodeModificationHint &Hint) { 6175 if (!SemaRef.getLangOptions().ObjC1) 6176 return; 6177 6178 const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6179 if (!PT) 6180 return; 6181 6182 // Check if the destination is of type 'id'. 6183 if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) { 6184 // Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface. 6185 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl(); 6186 if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString")) 6187 return; 6188 } 6189 6190 // Strip off any parens and casts. 6191 StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenCasts()); 6192 if (!SL || SL->isWide()) 6193 return; 6194 6195 Hint = CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@"); 6196} 6197 6198bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, 6199 SourceLocation Loc, 6200 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6201 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) { 6202 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions). 6203 bool isInvalid = false; 6204 unsigned DiagKind; 6205 CodeModificationHint Hint; 6206 6207 switch (ConvTy) { 6208 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type"); 6209 case Compatible: return false; 6210 case PointerToInt: 6211 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int; 6212 break; 6213 case IntToPointer: 6214 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer; 6215 break; 6216 case IncompatiblePointer: 6217 MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(*this, DstType, SrcExpr, Hint); 6218 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer; 6219 break; 6220 case IncompatiblePointerSign: 6221 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign; 6222 break; 6223 case FunctionVoidPointer: 6224 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func; 6225 break; 6226 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers: 6227 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the 6228 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char* 6229 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME: 6230 // Ideally, this check would be performed in 6231 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a 6232 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an 6233 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part 6234 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for 6235 // C++ semantics. 6236 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 6237 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType)) 6238 return false; 6239 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers; 6240 break; 6241 case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers: 6242 DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch; 6243 break; 6244 case IntToBlockPointer: 6245 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer; 6246 break; 6247 case IncompatibleBlockPointer: 6248 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer; 6249 break; 6250 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId: 6251 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since 6252 // it can give a more specific diagnostic. 6253 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id; 6254 break; 6255 case IncompatibleVectors: 6256 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors; 6257 break; 6258 case Incompatible: 6259 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible; 6260 isInvalid = true; 6261 break; 6262 } 6263 6264 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor 6265 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange() << Hint; 6266 return isInvalid; 6267} 6268 6269bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){ 6270 llvm::APSInt ICEResult; 6271 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) { 6272 if (Result) 6273 *Result = ICEResult; 6274 return false; 6275 } 6276 6277 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult; 6278 6279 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() || 6280 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) { 6281 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange(); 6282 6283 if (EvalResult.Diag) { 6284 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression" 6285 // or if it's actually in a subexpression. 6286 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice || 6287 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens()) 6288 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag); 6289 } 6290 6291 return true; 6292 } 6293 6294 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) << 6295 E->getSourceRange(); 6296 6297 if (EvalResult.Diag && 6298 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored) 6299 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag); 6300 6301 if (Result) 6302 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt(); 6303 return false; 6304} 6305 6306Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext 6307Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) { 6308 // Introduce a new set of potentially referenced declarations to the stack. 6309 if (NewContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) 6310 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.push_back(PotentiallyReferencedDecls()); 6311 6312 std::swap(ExprEvalContext, NewContext); 6313 return NewContext; 6314} 6315 6316void 6317Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext OldContext, 6318 ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) { 6319 ExprEvalContext = NewContext; 6320 6321 if (OldContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) { 6322 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack 6323 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic 6324 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId). 6325 PotentiallyReferencedDecls RemainingDecls; 6326 RemainingDecls.swap(PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back()); 6327 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.pop_back(); 6328 6329 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator I = RemainingDecls.begin(), 6330 IEnd = RemainingDecls.end(); 6331 I != IEnd; ++I) 6332 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second); 6333 } 6334} 6335 6336/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code. 6337/// 6338/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced 6339/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration 6340/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2, 6341/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used. 6342/// 6343/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced. 6344/// 6345/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code. 6346void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) { 6347 assert(D && "No declaration?"); 6348 6349 if (D->isUsed()) 6350 return; 6351 6352 // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a 6353 // template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions 6354 // (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and 6355 // -Wunused-parameters) 6356 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || 6357 (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())) 6358 D->setUsed(true); 6359 6360 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for 6361 // an instantiation. 6362 if (CurContext->isDependentContext()) 6363 return; 6364 6365 switch (ExprEvalContext) { 6366 case Unevaluated: 6367 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing. 6368 return; 6369 6370 case PotentiallyEvaluated: 6371 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is 6372 // "used"; handle this below. 6373 break; 6374 6375 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated: 6376 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this 6377 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is 6378 // potentially evaluated. 6379 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back().push_back(std::make_pair(Loc, D)); 6380 return; 6381 } 6382 6383 // Note that this declaration has been used. 6384 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) { 6385 unsigned TypeQuals; 6386 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) { 6387 if (!Constructor->isUsed()) 6388 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor); 6389 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() && 6390 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) { 6391 if (!Constructor->isUsed()) 6392 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals); 6393 } 6394 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) { 6395 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed()) 6396 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor); 6397 6398 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 6399 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() && 6400 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) { 6401 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed()) 6402 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl); 6403 } 6404 } 6405 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 6406 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of 6407 // class templates. 6408 if (!Function->getBody() && Function->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) { 6409 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false; 6410 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo 6411 = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) { 6412 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid()) 6413 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc); 6414 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 6415 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 6416 AlreadyInstantiated = true; 6417 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo 6418 = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) { 6419 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid()) 6420 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc); 6421 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 6422 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 6423 AlreadyInstantiated = true; 6424 } 6425 6426 if (!AlreadyInstantiated) 6427 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc)); 6428 } 6429 6430 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions 6431 Function->setUsed(true); 6432 return; 6433 } 6434 6435 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 6436 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates. 6437 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() && 6438 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) { 6439 MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo(); 6440 assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?"); 6441 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() && 6442 MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) { 6443 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc); 6444 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc)); 6445 } 6446 } 6447 6448 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data? 6449 6450 D->setUsed(true); 6451 return; 6452 } 6453} 6454 6455bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, 6456 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) { 6457 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType()) 6458 return false; 6459 6460 PartialDiagnostic Note = 6461 FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here) 6462 << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag(); 6463 SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation(); 6464 6465 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType, 6466 FD ? 6467 PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return) 6468 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() : 6469 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return) 6470 << CE->getSourceRange(), 6471 std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note))) 6472 return true; 6473 6474 return false; 6475} 6476 6477// Diagnose the common s/=/==/ typo. Note that adding parentheses 6478// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want. 6479void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) { 6480 SourceLocation Loc; 6481 6482 unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment; 6483 6484 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 6485 BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E); 6486 if (Op->getOpcode() != BinaryOperator::Assign) 6487 return; 6488 6489 // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory. 6490 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME 6491 = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) { 6492 Selector Sel = ME->getSelector(); 6493 6494 // self = [<foo> init...] 6495 if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS()) 6496 && Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName().startswith("init")) 6497 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment; 6498 6499 // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject] 6500 else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() && 6501 Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName() == "nextObject") 6502 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment; 6503 } 6504 6505 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc(); 6506 } else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) { 6507 CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E); 6508 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal) 6509 return; 6510 6511 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc(); 6512 } else { 6513 // Not an assignment. 6514 return; 6515 } 6516 6517 SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6518 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd()); 6519 6520 Diag(Loc, diagnostic) 6521 << E->getSourceRange() 6522 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(") 6523 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")"); 6524} 6525 6526bool Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *&E, SourceLocation Loc) { 6527 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E); 6528 6529 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) { 6530 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E); 6531 6532 QualType T = E->getType(); 6533 6534 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6535 if (CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E)) // C++ 6.4p4 6536 return true; 6537 } else if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1 6538 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar) 6539 << T << E->getSourceRange(); 6540 return true; 6541 } 6542 } 6543 6544 return false; 6545} 6546